Hydroblock 2019 EN by Doppiospazio

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

for production engineering EDITION 09/2019

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS for production engineering

COMPANY PROFILE

HYDROBLOCK was founded in 2001 by a group of technicians and entrepreneurs with over 30 years of in-depth experience in the design and manufacture of production systems for machine tools and clamping elements designed for the automotive industry and industrial applications in general. Thanks to passion, intuition and absolute professionalism the company has become a benchmark player in its sector.

CORPORATE PHILOSOPHY

HYDROBLOCK stands for efficient implementation of innovation: continuous technological research, stateof-the-art project engineering and careful material selection. HYDROBLOCK’s corporate philosophy is focussed on customer orientation and partnership. Owing to fast and continuous evolution, HYDROBLOCK is in a position of offer extremely reliable premium-quality products with outstanding clamping characteristics for precise and efficient workpiece machining. Based on ongoing research and development activities, we are able to offer our customers comprehensive and highly competent technical support in order to design perfectly tailored solutions for any type of application. In addition, HYDROBLOCK develops special-purpose products within shortest time to fully meet the ever increasing demands in industrial production. These custom products offer the same unparalleled reliability as their series production equivalents. We continuously strive to always be one step ahead of the market – with innovative and highly sophisticated technical products that ideally complement state-of-the-art automated production environments. HYDROBLOCK’s product range comprises hydraulic cylinders and components for the most varied applications: • Swing clamp cylinders • Self-adjusting swing clamp cylinders (patented) • Link clamp cylinders • Push and pull-type cylinders • Block cylinders • Threaded clamping cylinders • Work supports • Hydraulic components and accessories (rotary joints, hydraulic intensifiers, pressure reducing valves, sequence valves, check valves, flow control valves, air-oil booster units, hydraulic powerunits, coupling units, diaphragm accumulators, filters, integrated quick-action couplings, pressure gauges, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS for production engineering

MATERIALS

The cylinder bodies are made of heat-treated free machining steel to enhance wear resistance and ensure smooth running. The surface is subjected to an additional thermal treatment to obtain optimum corrosion protection. The inside components are made of high-quality special steel with hardened and ground surface. HYDROBLOCK uses exclusively high-quality seals that are perfectly adapted to the functional characteristics of the cylinders and the relevant type of application. Upon request, the cylinders can also be equipped with FKM seals for high operating temperatures.

Tailored technical equipment for final machining, assembly and commissioning of our products (ALL subjected to a 100% check prior to delivery) enable us to maintain a consistently high quality standard and unparalleled reliability of our components, which substantially enhances the productivity of our customers.

CERTIFICATO Nr. 50 100 15313

Si attesta che / This is to certify that IL SISTEMA QUALITÀ DI THE QUALITY SYSTEM OF

HYDROBLOCK S.r.l. SEDE LEGALE E OPERATIVA: REGISTERED OFFICE AND OPERATIONAL SITE:

VIA ING. ENZO FERRARI, 1 IT - 42124 REGGIO EMILIA (RE) È CONFORME AI REQUISITI DELLA NORMA HAS BEEN FOUND TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF

UNI EN ISO 9001:2015 QUESTO CERTIFICATO È VALIDO PER IL SEGUENTE CAMPO DI APPLICAZIONE THIS CERTIFICATE IS VALID FOR THE FOLLOWING SCOPE

Progettazione e fabbricazione di sistemi oleodinamici di bloccaggio (IAF 17, 18)

Design and manufacturing of hydraulic clamping systems (IAF 17, 18)

Per l’Organismo di Certificazione For the Certification Body

TÜV Italia S.r.l.

Validità /Validity Dal / From:

2019-08-23

Al / To:

2022-08-22

Data emissione / Issuing Date Andrea Coscia

Direttore Divisione Business Assurance

2019-08-23

“LA VALIDITÀ DEL PRESENTE CERTIFICATO È SUBORDINATA A SORVEGLIANZA PERIODICA A 12 MESI E AL RIESAME COMPLETO DEL SISTEMA DI GESTIONE AZIENDALE CON PERIODICITÀ TRIENNALE” “THE VALIDITY OF THE PRESENT CERTIFICATE DEPENDS ON THE ANNUAL SURVEILLANCE EVERY 12 MONTHS AND ON THE COMPLETE REVIEW OF COMPANY'S MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AFTER THREE-YEARS”

STUDYING THE INFLUENCE OF FATIGUE CYCLE ON THE DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE OF SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

Why UNIMORE? UNIMORE has a long-standing tradition (it was founded in 1175) and is considered as one of the best universities in terms of teaching and research in Italy. It is ranked second among public universities according to Italy’s leading financial daily and among the top eight medium-sized Italian universities by the Times Higher Education Ranking 2011-2012. UNIMORE, which has just over 19,000 students including 3,500 postgraduates, is large enough to offer all the facilities one would expect from a major university (well-stocked libraries, computer rooms, free internet connection and study support services), but small enough to retain a personal and friendly learning environment. UNIMORE is composed of 14 Departments, offering a wide range of degree programmes at undergraduate level, right up to doctoral studies in most disciplinary areas, from humanities and social sciences to engineering and technology, and from physical and natural sciences to medicine and life sciences. UNIMORE is located in the heart of one of Europe’s wealthiest and most dynamic regions, which is worldrenowned for its production of mechanical parts, engines, sports cars (e.g. Ferrari and Maserati) as well as for its agro-food sector, ceramic tiles and processing industries. UNIMORE is located in two cities with the highest living standard in Italy. Both Modena and Reggio Emilia are considered important cities of art and culture. Modena’s cathedral and Main Square are on the list of UNESCO’s World Heritage sites. Department of Engineering Sciences and Methods The Department of Engineering Sciences and Methods offers higher education courses and carries out research and technology transfer in the field of engineering and its related disciplines. Within the frame of cooperation projects, UNIMORE provides support to companies in the development and integration of state-of-the-art technologies into their products. In particular, the Department researchers are specialists in Engineering Management and in Mechatronics Engineering, and follow an integrated and interdisciplinary approach that includes methods that characterise basic sciences. COOPERATION Our cooperation with UNIMORE started in 2015. Since then, the technical collaboration with the Technopoles has allowed us to test the most different mechanical components and sealing materials with regard to wear

and fatigue. On this basis, we have continuously improved our product to ensure they perfectly meet the most exacting technical quality standards in today’s increasingly automated and productive market. Within the course of our cooperation, our standard products as well as our more technically sophisticated and patented solutions of type SRA, HPC, CCA and CCL were subjected to fatigue tests. During these tests, the mechanical function, hydraulic tightness, the rotational accuracy of our swing clamp cylinders as well as their repeat accuracy with regard to the clamping point were continuously monitored. The tests of 100,000 and 500,000 cycles with the corresponding tested cylinders and components are brieﬂy summarized below. 100,000-cycle test (2016) – what was tested? CE10 - Hydraulic power unit, 3 l/min – 250 bar SRA20.0FD - Self-adjusting swing clamp cylinder PATENTED • SR16FD - Swing clamp cylinder with COMPENSATION SYSTEM • IRFP16.0 - Work support, single-acting • VSQM30R Sequence valve (three different sizes) • VRP3-11M - Pressure reducing valve • RPS - Hydraulically pilot-operated check valve

• •

500,000-cycle test (2019) – what was tested? • CE16 - Hydraulic power unit, 3 l/min – 250 bar • SRA16FDS - Self-adjusting swing clamp cylinder PATENTED • SR16FDH - Swing clamp cylinder, compensated with HPC system • IRFP16.8D - Work support, double-acting • VSQM30R Sequence valve (three different sizes) • VRP3-11M - Pressure reducing valve • RPSM - Hydraulically pilot-operated check valve • FIC14-10 - Built-in filter, mesh size 10 micron 100,000-cycle test (2019) – what was tested? • CE16 - Hydraulic power unit, 3 l/min – 250 bar • CCL40 - Centric element, self-adjusting PATENTED • VSQM30R Sequence valve (three different sizes) • VRP3-11M - Pressure reducing valve • RPSM - Hydraulically pilot-operated check valve • FIC14-10 - Built-in filter, mesh size 10 micron Note: During the test years, the CE10-CE16 hydraulic power unit was operated for over 1,000,000 cycles. We would like to thank UNIMORE for the successful cooperation and support.

STUDYING THE INFLUENCE OF FATIGUE CYCLE ON THE DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE OF SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

DUTY CYCLE From rest – to rest position Supply pressure Maximum flow rate Daily load N. of cycles

=8s = 150 bar = 3 l/1’ ≈ 9 hours / day ≈ 4050 c / day ≈ 20250 c / week

100,000-cycle test (2016) – what was tested? • CE10 - Hydraulic power unit, 3 l/min – 250 bar • SRA20.0FD - Self-adjusting swing clamp cylinder PATENTED • SR16FD - Swing clamp cylinder with COMPENSATION SYSTEM • IRFP16.0 - Work support, single-acting • VSQM30R Sequence valve (three different sizes) • VRP3-11M - Pressure reducing valve • RPS - Hydraulically pilot-operated check valve MARKERS POSITION & ALIGNMENT

2016 EXPERIMENTAL SET-UP Mo-Cap System 5 VICON bonita 720c cameras 1 VIDEO camera Fast-Ethernet Connection & VICON Nexus Marker type & dimension Accuracy

max 250 Hz, max 3 m distance max 100 Hz spherical, Ф ≈ 15 mm ≈ 0.5% on measured data

LIFT VARIATION WITH TIME

ROTATION VARIATION WITH TIME

STUDYING THE INFLUENCE OF FATIGUE CYCLE ON THE DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE OF SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL SYSTEM

CAMERA #11 CAMERA #8

CAMERA #3

MACHINING CYCLES: TOTAL OPERATING TIME: 3.244.555 secondi = 901.3 ore TOTAL NUMBER OF CYCLES: 540759.2 OPERATING TIME: from 14-01-2019 to 22-02-2019 = 37.6 days in total AVERAGE CYCLE NO. IN 24H: 14381.9

TELECAMERA DV1

2019 500,000-cycle test (2019) – what was tested? • CE16 - Hydraulic power unit, 3 l/min – 250 bar • SRA16FDS - Self-adjusting swing clamp cylinder PATENTED • SR16FDH - Swing clamp cylinder, compensated with HPC system • IRFP16.8D - Work support, double-acting • VSQM30R Sequence valve (three different sizes) • VRP3-11M - Pressure reducing valve • RPSM - Hydraulically pilot-operated check valve • FIC14-10 - Built-in filter, mesh size 10 micron

DEVIATION ON THE Z-AXIS – SRA16

DEVIATION ON THE X-AXIS – SRA16

DEVIATION ON THE Y-AXIS – SRA16

STUDYING THE INFLUENCE OF FATIGUE CYCLE ON THE DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE OF SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL SYSTEM

100,000-cycle test (2019) – what was tested? • CE16 - Hydraulic power unit, 3 l/min – 250 bar • CCL40 Centric element, self-adjusting PATENTED • VSQM30R Sequence valve (three different sizes) • VRP3-11M - Pressure reducing valve • RPSM Hydraulically pilot-operated check valve • FIC14-10 - Built-in filter, mesh size 10 micron

TELECAMERA #4

TELECAMERA #3

TELECAMERA #11

TELECAMERA #8

MACHINING CYCLES: TOTAL OPERATING TIME:646383 seconds = 179.6 hours TOTAL NUMBER OF CYCLES: 113117 OPERATING TIME: from 13-05-2019 to 21-05-2019 = 7.5 days in total AVERAGE CYCLE NO. IN 24H: 15120

MARKER: 1 - B1 The marker was positioned above a 70-mm hexagon metal arm fixed to the head of the block, so that measuring the piston advance during the load cycle was easier.

2019 MOTION CAPTURE USING VICON

MOTION CAPTURE USING KINOVEA 1: BOLT A – 2: BOLT B – 3: BOLT C

MARKER B1 ASSE X

ZWISCHENBERICHT zu IGF-Vorhaben Nr. 19591 N / 1 THEMA Verfahren für die virtuelle Spannplanung in der Arbeitsvorbereitung BERICHTSZEITRAUM 01.01.2018 - 31.12.2018 FORSCHUNGSVEREINIGUNG Forschungsgemeinschaft Werkzeuge und Werkstoffe e.V. - FGW FORSCHUNGSEINRICHTUNG (EN) Leibniz Universität Hannover, Institut für Fertigungstechnik und Werkzeugmaschinen (IFW)

Gefördert durch:

aufgrund eines Beschlusses des Deutschen Bundestages

2019

Um die Steifigkeit der ausgewählten Spannelemente oder eines Spannverbunds experimentell bestimmen zu können, wurde ein Versuchsstand konstruiert.

Neben der Entwicklung des Versuchsstands wurden verschiedene, geeignete Datenbanksysteme verglichen. In diesem Arbeitspaket wurde ein Versuchstand entwickelt, mit dem die Steifigkeit eines Spannsystems oder eines Spannverbundes ermittelt werden kann. Damit kann die Datenbank neben den technischen und geometrischen Eigenschaften mit der Steifigkeit erweitert werden. Außerdem wurde die Datenbank Access ausgewählt, auf dessen Grundlage die Programmierung erfolgen wird.

Die Ergebnisse werden über die Projektpartner und deren zur Verfügung stehenden Ressourcen der Öffentlichkeit zugänglich gemacht. Am IFW werden die Ergebnisse in Lehrveranstaltung aufgenommen und so den Studierenden vermittelt. Des Weiteren werden Fachleute durch die Teilnahme an Fachtagungen und der Publikation der Projektergebnisse informiert.

PRODUCT LINES PATENDED

PATENDED

SRA

CCA

COMPENSATION SYSTEM

COMPATIBLE

SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

CENTRIC ELEMENTS, SELF-ADJUSTING

With the unique internal compensation system, these swing clamp cylinders maintain the clamping point with maximum precision over a long operating time.

This swing clamp cylinder series is compatible with competitor products and not equipped with the unique compensation system (except for some models that are clearly identified). These cylinders They can be equipped with are characterized by clamp arm position control sturdy design, unparalleled valves to ensure precise reliability and maximized workpiece clamping. bolt and ball diameters. Further accessories are They are made of alloyed the VRF ďŹ&#x201A;ow control valve and heat-treated materials. that controls the swing speed and the metal wiper This swing clamp cylinder designed to protect the type inevitably features main wiper slight angular clearance that increases over time. Larger clamping areas provide either reduced For applications requiring dimensions and lower high repeat accuracy in the costs or higher clamping positioning of the clamping forces. arm, we recommend using the SR Compensation Rated for operating System version. pressures of up to 500 bar.

Double-acting swing clamp Centric elements for axial cylinder with integrated clamping of workpieces work support. that are already radially fixed by other positioning/ These cylinders stand clamping devices. out for compact design, unparalleled clamping stability, smooth running and minor effects on the clamped workpiece.

Page 24 - 155

Page 196 - 211

Page 156 - 195

The space-saving combination of swing clamp cylinder and work support is ideally suited as forth clamping point.

Page 212 - 216

PATENDED

CCL

CENTRIC ELEMENTS

PULL AND PUSH-TYPE CYLINDERS

LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS

Centric elements for final machining of workpieces in a single working cycle without the need to reposition the workpiece again in the fixture, which helps to reduce faults and downtimes.

Double-acting cylinders with high clamping capacity.

Link clamp cylinders stand out for high clamping forces and minimum space requirements.

Easy positioning and precise alignment during operation are ensured with threaded models.

Rated for operating pressures of up to 500 bar.

Link clamps are available as single or doubleacting version and can be equipped with a pneumatic clamp arm position control.

Page 222 - 263

Page 264 - 273

Page 274 - 284

Page 217 - 220

Available with guided or freely moving piston rod, partly or completely built-in body and in block version.

PRODUCT LINES

IRF

CYLINDERS WITH THREADED BODY

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

WORK SUPPORT WITH PNEUMATIC SEALING PRESSURE

Small and compact single or double-acting cylinders, which are partly or completely built-in.

These cylinders stand out for high clamping forces, minimum space requirements, high costeffectiveness and easy mounting.

Hydraulic work supports offer eďŹ&#x192;cient support during machining and compensate vibrations and workpiece deďŹ&#x201A;ection as well as rough surfaces.

Identical performance parameters as the previous model, but with the additional option to internally apply lowpressure air.

Wide range of variants with uncompromising performance.

This ensures more reliable operation of the supports in extremely critical operating environments.

Thanks to the low contact force, work supports can be used as supporting surface for the workpiece or for additional clamp arms and accessories. They are indispensable when it comes to machining complex profiled workpieces.

Page 285 - 297

Page 298 - 302

Page 303 - 335

Page 336 - 343

IRF

WORK SUPPORT, DOUBLE-ACTING

WORK SUPPORTS, MIN. 70 BAR

HYDRAULIC GROUPS

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES

Identical performance parameters as the previous model, but with the additional option to monitor the piston rod retraction, which ensures extremely safe operation with robot-assisted loading/unloading.

Work supports with a special force boosting mechanism that ensures high supporting forces at supply pressures of max. 70 bar.

Air-oil booster units, hydraulic power units. Upon request with timer, pressure switch, etc.

Pressure reducing valves, sequence valves, check valves, ﬂow control valves, coupling units, diaphragm accumulators, filters, integrated quickaction couplings, pressure gauges, etc.

Page 367 - 371

Page 372 - 401

Using this double-acting cylinder type with hydraulic EXTENSION and RETRACTION, any damaging piston rod “ﬂoating” can be avoided even in the case of complex hydraulic circuits and counterpressures produced during unclamping.

Page 344 - 357

Note: To ensure high reliability and long service life of this cylinder type, protective low-pressure compressed-air supply is required.

Page 358 - 366

TECHNICAL INFORMATION PRODUCT TESTS All HYDROBLOCK cylinders are rated for an operating pressure of up to 500 bar and tested on special computer-controlled test benches at the pressure specified by the customer or at the corresponding standard pressure. HYDROBLOCK subjects all cylinders and components to a 100% check. Upon request, the test report is placed at the customer’s disposal. HYDRAULIC OIL Only hydraulic ﬂuids based on mineral oil must be used (DIN 51524). The use of other media can cause damage to the equipment and affect the proper function of the cylinder and the components. VISCOSITY The oil viscosity should comply with the parameters specified in ISO 3448. For oil temperatures ranging between +10° and + 60° C, we recommend a viscosity as per ISO VG32. DEGREE OF OIL CONTAMINATION The degree of oil contamination should not exceed class 18/14 as per ISO 4406. The hydraulic oil purity is of fundamental importance for the operational reliability and proper functioning of the cylinders and all other components of a hydraulic system. For this reason, the use of filters with a filter mesh size of 25° micron or better is recommended. OPERATING TEMPERATURE • Ambient temperature: -10°C ÷ +60°C • Oil temperature: +10°C ÷ +60°C ADMISSIBLE SPEED RANGE •The minimum speed is 0.01 m/sec. • The maximum speed of 0.25 m/sec. must not be exceeded. OPERATING CONDITIONS HYDROBLOCK cylinders are rated and used for a maximum static clamping pressure of up to 500 bar. The indicated maximum speed must not be exceeded. The cylinders must not be exposed to chemically aggressive lubricants and coolants. LEAKAGE While the cylinders work without any oil leakage in static condition, minor oil leakage may occur during dynamic operation to ensure the durability of the seals. The maximum admissible oil leakage is <0.3 cm3 for 1000 complete cycles (extension and retraction) and at a reference stroke of 100 mm for pistons with a diameter of up to 35 mm. As of a piston diameter of 40 mm and a reference stroke of 100 mm, the maximum admissible oil leakage amounts to <0.6 cm3. WARRANTY HYDROBLOCK warrants that the products sold are free from defects in material and workmanship for a

period of 12 months from the date of delivery. This warranty does not cover any damage to the products due to improper or inadmissible use of the products or due to the use of inadmissible operating fluids. This warranty does not include defects from normal wear and tear. HYDROBLOCK strives for continuous improvement and reserves the right to change the specifications of its products without prior notice at any time. The technical data in the present catalogue are thus not binding. SHIPMENT Shipping is at the sole risk of the buyer even if delivery free destination was agreed. The forwarding agent specified by the buyer will be charged with transport. If no forwarding agent is named by the buyer, we will choose the most conveniently priced forwarding agent known to us, without assuming any responsibility whatsoever. Prior to accepting delivery, the customer must check the scope of delivery for completeness and integrity. In the event of delays, damage or losses caused during transport, any claims must be asserted by the customer against the forwarding agent. UPON RECEIPT OF DELIVERY Check the delivered items for transport damage. If any transport damage is discovered, the forwarding agent is to be notified immediately as such damage is not covered by our warranty. The forwarding agent is exclusively responsible for any repair and replacement costs caused by transport damage. NOTE: Even with free domicile delivery, the transport is exclusively at the buyer’s risk. DELIVERY The term of delivery is deemed to be indicative only. The seller will inform the buyer of any possible delays that may occur. These delays, however, do not entitle the buyer to cancel the order or to assert claims for damages or contract penalties, if not explicitly agreed in writing. STORAGE: All HYDROBLOCK products must be stored in the original packaging at an ambient temperature between 0 and +50°C. They must not be exposed to direct sunlight or be located in the vicinity of heat or ozone sources (electric motors in operation). The cylinders must not be stored in containers, under extreme climatic conditions or in saline atmosphere. If the cylinders are not used for a longer period of time, they must be closed with the piston rods being completely retracted to protect them against atmospheric influences. Storage periods of over 6 months after the manufacturing date must be avoided as the quality of the seals may deteriorate and be affected by the storage environment.

09/2019

Preliminary Information

WARNING: Failure to comply with the following instructions may lead to malfunctions or permanent damage to the product, thus voiding the manufacturer’s warranty! 1) Only hydraulic fluids based on mineral oil must be used (DIN 51524). The use of other media can cause damage and affect the proper function of the cylinder and the components. Consult HYDROBLOCK prior to using different hydraulic fluids. High flow rates may cause excessive cylinder speed and damage to the equipment. The hydraulic pressure in the circuit and the cylinder speed must be adapted to the length of the clamp arm, which varies depending on the type of cylinder used. The maximum speeds indicated in the catalogue MUST NOT be exceeded. 2) Use unidirectional flow control valves with free return bypass for swing clamp cylinders. Bidirectional flow control valves that restrict the return flow from the cylinder chambers MUST NOT be used. The resulting internal overpressure would affect the swinging mechanism of the cylinder in the long run, despite the sturdy design. 3) When using double-acting swing clamp cylinders, the backpressure in the return line must be limited to a maximum of 5 bar. If needed, install backpressure controllers in the clamping connection. Please consult HYDROBLOCK for instructions on rating and installation. 4) With single-acting swing clamp cylinders, the backpressure in the return line must be limited to a maximum of 3 bar. For this purpose, it is recommended installing pipes with a large cross section and flow controllers with backpressure control valves. Please consult HYDROBLOCK for instructions on rating and installation. 5) The work-piece must be clamped during the vertical clamping stroke of the clamp arm. It is essential to avoid clamping or contact with any part of the clamping arm during the swinging motion as this could damage the cylinder. 6) The clamping arm must be mounted to the conical piston rod as specified in the following text.

ATTENTION: All single-acting cylinders are supplied with sintered and/or metallic filters installed on the venting ports. These filters are exclusively designed to protect the inner venting chamber of the cylinder against the penetration of dust or chips. This is why single-acting cylinders MUST BE PROTECTED against ﬂuid penetration (water-oil emulsions, cooling lubricants, aggressive liquids, possible condensation) by means of appropriate tubes/vent pipes. If the cylinders are not protected accordingly, their service life may be substantially reduced and premature wear can be caused.

09/2019

HYDROBLOCK hydraulic cylinders are designed and built for the most demanding operating conditions without requiring any particular maintenance. However, we recommend checking the cylinders at regular intervals as a single damaged connection or O-ring may affect the safe and perfect operation of the entire hydraulic system. During installation, particular attention must be taken to ensure that all components can freely move over the entire path and that any collision with parts that my affect the mechanical equipment or the integrity of the components is avoided. When mounting the cylinder, also check its rotation and its speed of movement bearing in mind that a maximum speed of 0.25 m/sec. MUST NOT be exceeded. With single-acting cylinders, the venting/ aeration area must be protected against penetration of fluids and chips. Check that all components and valves are in perfect working order before starting operation. BASIC MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: Trouble-free operation of the hydraulic system is dependent on thorough service and maintenance being carried out at regular intervals. Service, maintenance and cleaning operations must be performed by qualified and trained specialist personnel only. Carefully read and observe our technical information, the technical requirements specified in our catalogue as well as the operating and maintenance instructions. Correct mounting and efficient protection against the penetration of fluids and chips can substantially increase the service life of our components. For this reason, we recommend observing the technical instructions included in our catalogue as well as in the

operating and maintenance manual. Hydraulic clamping elements generally do not require any maintenance, however, particular attention must be paid to contamination and wear. Before you start to perform any cleaning operations on the cylinders, make sure that the system has been switched off and secured to prevent any shock or crushing hazard! The cleaning intervals depend on the operating cycles, the machinery, the tools, the workpiece material and the operating environment. Regular cleaning of the hydraulic system using suitable auxiliary means is strongly recommended. The seals of hydraulic systems are wear parts, the function of which must be checked at regular intervals. In the event of excessive internal or external leaks, we recommend returning the hydraulic cylinders to Hydroblock for inspection of the condition of the individual cylinder components. If the seals are replaced on this occasion, the component will be extensively checked prior to shipment to ensure it is in perfect working order. If you plan to replace the seals on your own, make sure to use the correct spare parts and suitable mounting tools in order to avoid any damage to the seat and the component. The information and recommendations in the present catalogue are continuously updated and changed after careful examination and evaluation of new product variants.

INTERVAL

CHECK

JOB

Daily / continuously

Pressure

Visual inspection for loose components, visible damage. Check for leakage and damaged parts/components before starting operation.

Daily / continuously

Contamination / chips

Visual inspection. Remove any contamination prior to starting operation.

Daily / continuously

Perfect working order of valves / cylinders

Visual inspection for loose components, visible damage. Replace damaged valves and/or cylinders, if necessary.

Weekly

Leaks

Visual inspection. Prior to restarting the equipment after shutdown or storage, check the correct motion sequence. On Monday morning, in particular, the perfect operating condition of the fixture must be verified and the seals must be checked for leaks.

Yearly

Sealing rings / seals

Pressure test. Seals are subject to wear. In the event of excessive internal or external leaks, we recommend replacing the seals (all seals must be replaced at a time) or to send the hydraulic cylinder to Hydroblock for inspection. In this case, the cylinders will be checked and the seals be replaced, if necessary. The component will then be subjected to a test prior to shipment just like new parts. Appropriate mounting tools are required for the correct replacement.

09/2019

SPECIALS DESIGNS

09/2019

SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS COMPENSATION SYSTEM

CYLINDER TYPE SR16

SR18

SR22

SR25

SR28

SR35

SR45

Upper flange

Yes

Flange with HPC prismatic antideflection block

Yes

Lower flange

Yes

Cartridge

Yes

Cartridge with HPC prismatic antideflection block

Yes

Metal wiper

Yes

VRF ﬂow control valve (option)

Yes

Single-acting version

Yes

Maximum operating pressure (bar)

500

Min. operating pressure (bar)

Clamping force at 100 bar using the standard “Type 01” clamping arm with “L” length (kN)

1.9

1.5

3.1

7.3

10.5

“L” clamping arm length (mm)

100

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

Swinging stroke (mm)

Clamping stroke (mm)

Piston clamping area (cm2)

2.51

1.98

5.27

4.17

9.75

14.1

17.3

Piston unclamping area (cm2)

4.52

9.07

15.9

23.8

33.2

Clamping oil volume (cm3)

5.5

4.4

13.2

10.4

27.3

50.8

88.2

Unclamping oil volume (cm3)

9.9

22.6

44.5

85.7

169.3

CYLINDER BODY TYPE

09/2019

COMPATIBLE

CYLINDER TYPE SR10

SR20

SR20CD

SR32

SR40

SR50

Upper flange

Yes

Upper flange with integrated pneumatic valve

Yes

Lower flange

Yes

Lower flange with integrated pneumatic valve

Cartridge

Yes

Metal wiper

Yes

VRF ﬂow control valve (option)

Yes

Single-acting version

Yes

Maximum operating pressure (bar)

350

500

Min. operating pressure (bar)

Clamping force at 100 bar using the standard “Type 01” clamping arm with “L” length (kN)

0.5

1.3

0.9

3.4

8.7

“L” clamping arm length (mm)

100

125

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

16 / 26

22 / 35

36 / 61

37 / 62

Swinging stroke (mm)

8/8

Clamping stroke (mm)

8 / 18

14 / 27

25 / 50

26 / 51

Piston clamping area (cm2)

0.75

1.76

1.01

4.52

7.06

11.54

Piston unclamping area (cm2)

1.54

4.9

4.15

12.56

19.63

31.17

Clamping oil volume (cm3)

1.2 / 2

3.2

1.4

10 / 15.8

25.4 / 43.1

42.7 / 71.6

Unclamping oil volume (cm3)

2.5 / 4

8.8

5.8

27.6 / 44

70.7 / 119.7

115.3 / 193.2

CYLINDER BODY TYPE

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

09/2019

INSTALLATION OF SERIES FD CYLINDERS WITH UPPER FLANGE AND SERIES PD CYLINDERS WITH LOWER FLANGE WITH O-RING CONNECTION ATTENTION: HYDROBLOCK swing clamp cylinders are rated for operating pressures ranging between 30 and 500 bar. This pressure range must be taken into account in the cylinder planning phase, i.e. the entire system must be adequately rated. To mount HYDROBLOCK swing clamp cylinders, please proceed as follows: 1) Make sure that all preparations for installation specified in the technical catalogue for the selected cylinder have been made 2) Remove the threaded plugs and the corresponding sealing washers or balls as shown in the figure below.

INSTALLATION WITH FLANGE CONNECTION

Version with pin and sealing ball

Version with screw and sealing washer

Note: Some cylinder types are provided with various plugs for design reasons or for the connection/branching of oil lines or similar. These plugs must ONLY BE REMOVED for cylinder inspection. ONLY remove plugs from openings that are required for mounting the cylinder. When reinstalling previously removed plugs, make sure they are in perfect condition and provided with the corresponding seals. 3) Grease the delivered O-rings and fit them in the appropriate seat. Make sure not to damage the sealing ring as this could cause leakage. To ensure perfect sealing, the surface in the O-ring contact area should exhibit a roughness of Ra <1.6. 4) Apply grease to the mounting screws and use a torque wrench to tighten them with the tightening torque indicated in the table on page 28. The clamp arm locking device allows the angular position of the clamp arm to be adjusted after having mounted the cylinder. IMPORTANT: The lubrication operations mentioned in steps 3 and 4 must be performed during the initial assembly and in the case of subsequent maintenance operations to ensure proper functioning of the cylinder.

09/2019

IN-LINE INSTALLATION OF SERIES FD CYLINDERS WITH UPPER FLANGE AND SERIES PD CYLINDERS WITH LOWER FLANGE Hydraulic ﬁttings: If the lateral threaded ports are used instead of the ﬂange connections, pressure fittings with a nominal pressure of 500 bar must be used. DO NOT use thread sealants! Tightness is ensured by an O-ring seal in the fitting. To mount the threaded fittings, proceed as follows: 1) Remove the threaded plugs. 2) Tighten the fittings with the tightening torque specified in the technical catalogue.

IN-LINE INSTALLATION

INSTALLATION OF CD SERIES CYLINDERS WITH CARTRIDGE BODY To mount HYDROBLOCK swing clamp cylinders with cartridge body, please proceed as follows: 1) Make sure that there are no burrs or sharp edges in the cylinder seat to exclude any damage to the seals at the cylinder body. 2) Properly grease the seals on the outside of the cylinder body and place the cylinder into the prepared seat. 3) Apply grease to the mounting screws and use a torque wrench to tighten them with the tightening torque indicated in the table on page 28.

09/2019

SEAT, TYPE OF INSTALLATION AND ORDER NUMBERS OF SPARE SEALS FOR CYLINDERS WITH FLANGE CONNECTION Cylinder with upper ﬂange -FD-

Cylinder with lower ﬂange -PD-

O-Ring X

1.6

O-Ring X

W Z

(Mounting hole) W

Y (Min) [mm]

TIGHTENING TORQUE [Nm]

W (Max) [mm]

Upper ﬂange -FD-

Lower ﬂange -PD-

SR10

8.5

M27x1.5 / Ø 27.5

Ø5

Ø 6.75x1.78

SR16/CT16

Ø 35.5

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.07x1.78

SR18/CT18

Ø 35.5

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.07x1.78

SR20

M45x1.5 / Ø 45.5

Ø4

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.07x1.78

SR22/CT22

Ø 49

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.75x1.78

SR25/CT25

Ø 49

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.75x1.78

SR28/CT28

Ø 63.5

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.75x1.78

M60x1.5 / Ø 60.5

Ø5

Ø 4.34x3.53

Ø 6.02x2.62

CYLINDER TYPE

14.6

OR [mm]

36.6

SR32

SR35/CT35

M10

70.5

Ø 75.5

Ø 4.8

Ø 4.34x3.53

SR40

M10

70.5

M80x2 / Ø 80.5

Ø5

Ø 9.12x3.53

SR45/CT45

M12

119

Ø 91

Ø6

Ø 9.12x3.53

SR50FD

M12

119

Ø 90

Ø8

Ø 10.78x3.53

SR50PD

M14

180

M90x2 / Ø 90.5

Ø6

Ø 10.78x2.62

09/2019

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS

Hydraulic supply: SR swing clamp cylinders are rated for high operating pressures (max. 500 bar). To ensure perfect cylinder operation, the hydraulic line must be purged and the flow rate must be set below the maximum admissible operating values of the component in question. If the flow rate is too high, excessive swing speeds can be caused and lead to wear and damage to the sturdy mechanical cylinder components. The cylinder supply flow must be CONTROLLED. THE RETURN FLOW FROM THE CYLINDER MUST BE FREE. Flow control valves provided as shown in the diagram or the HYDROBLOCK VRF18/VRF14 flow control valves installed directly at the clamping port A must be used for this purpose. DO NOT INSTALL flow control valves that impede the free oil discharge flow from the cylinder chambers. Despite the extremely robust design, the resulting overpressure would damage the swinging mechanism of the cylinder. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for applications requiring particularly long clamp arms.

09/2019

MOUNTING THE CLAMP ARM TO SR SERIES SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS NOTE: The FORCE/PRESSURE DIAGRAMS included in the technical catalogue must be strictly observed in the planning phase, as they show the relation between the maximum clamping arm length, the admissible operating pressure and the effective clamping force. The maximum operating pressure and thus the clamping force exerted on the workpiece are reduced with increasing clamp arm length (P). It is of fundamental importance for perfect cylinder operation that the specified pressure values are not exceeded. The catalogue includes the formulas used for calculation and the corresponding diagrams. ATTENTION: Failure to comply with the values specified in the FORCE/PRESSURE diagrams may cause the risk of accidents or damage to the cylinders that ARE NOT COVERED BY THE MANUFACTURER’S WARRANTY! All SR COMPENSATION SYSTEM swing clamp cylinders of HYDROBLOCK are equipped with the unique compensation system designed to compensate the clamping arm clearance and angular deviations. They are particularly suited for long operating times and ensure high repeat accuracy in the positioning of the clamping arm, which minimizes wear during operation. With this system, the piston rod or the clamp arm and not the cylinder body must be fixed when mounting the clamp arm (ﬁgure 6-2), in order not expose the swinging mechanism to unexpected forces, which would damage the cylinder and affect its function.

6-1

MOUNTING SEQUENCE: 1) Place the clamping arm on the cone and align it according to the workpiece position in the fixture (figure 6-1). 2) Fix the cylinder rod with a hexagon wrench using the hexagon socket provided at the top as shown in figure 6-2. (If there is no hexagon socket at the top of the rod, fix the arm with an open-end wrench, see figure 6-2a). 3) Hold the clamp arm with the hexagon wrench or the open-end wrench (figure 6-3 or 6-3a) and use a torque wrench to tighten the ring nut with the torque indicated below. 4) Check the tightening torque once again after having performed several clamping strokes to eliminate any clearance formed between the clamp arm and the cone under load.

6-2

6-2a

UE RQ CH TO REN W

6-3

NOTE: To ensure proper tightening, firmly fix the clamp arm while tightening the nut in order to avoid any damage to the swinging mechanism of the clamp caused by forces resulting from the torque.

UE RQ CH TO REN W

6-3a

THREAD

M14x1.5

M16x1.5

TIGHTENING TORQUE (Nm)

M18x1.5 M22x1.5 M28x1.5 M30x1.5 M35x1.5 M40x1.5 M45x1.5 51

110

120

140

190

NOTE: Swing clamp cylinders may be damaged by excessively high torques acting on the piston. If the rod cannot be reliably fastened as shown in figures 6-2 and 6-2a, fix the rod in a vice before rotating the ring nut to mount or remove the clamping arm. If the clamping arm needs to be unlocked or repositioned, make sure to remove it exclusively by using an appropriate extracting tool. Hammers, wrenches or other tools that may damage the cylinder MUST NOT BE USED for this purpose.

09/2019

SENSE OF ROTATION OF THE CLAMP ARMS OF SR SERIES SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

SR swing clamp cylinders of HYDROBLOCK turn in right-hand (R) or left-hand (L) direction. The sense of rotation determines the dimensions of the clamp arm on the fixture and is defined during the planning phase. However, it can be modified at a later date directly on the fixture if this turns out to be necessary for unexpected space problems or for new applications. To identify the sense of rotation of a HYDROBLOCK SR swing clamp cylinder, check the cylinder in top view (clamp arm side, figure 1). Determine in which direction the arm turns (swinging stroke, figure 2) in the initial lowering phase (figure 3): • If the arm turns clockwise when being closed, the cylinder is of right-hand type (R). • If the arm turns anticlockwise when being closed, the cylinder is of left-hand type (L). • If the clamping arm is not swinging, but performs a vertical motion, it is referred to as vertical cylinder with 0° (fig. 3 b). Swinging stroke

FIG. 1

FIG. 2

Right-hand rotation (clockwise, R) when closing

Linear lowering (0°) when closing

Open clamp arm

FIG. 3c

Clamp arm in clamping position on the workpiece

FIG. 3b

Clamp arm in clamping position on the workpiece

FIG. 3a

Clamp arm in clamping position on the workpiece

Clamping stroke (vertical)

Left-hand rotation (counter-clockwise, L) when closing

Open clamp arm

* Note: In this section, any contact of the clamping arm with obstacles MUST BE AVOIDED as the free motion could be affected causing damage to the internal mechanism.

09/2019

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE HPC SYSTEM

MOUNTING OF THE HPC SYSTEM 1) Insert the rubber element “A” into the groove provided for this purpose. 2) Mount the metal wiper ring “B” by pushing it over the cylinder rod until it is in contact with the previously inserted rubber ring “A”.

5) E

3) Mount the prism guide block “C” in the centring element on the cylinder body and ensure that the front guiding surface of the piston rod is correctly aligned. 4) Insert the mounting screws “D” into the bores provided in the prism guide block and in the cylinder body and tighten them with the tightening torque specified on page 16. 5) Mount the appropriate clamping arm on the rod and fit it between the lateral and front guiding surfaces of the prism guide block.

B 2)

6) Finally install the nut “F” and tighten it with the tightening torque specified in the corresponding table. Check the tightening torque of the nut after the first 1000 operating cycles. Note: The clearance between the screws and the cylinder body minimizes angular deviations. Check the correct clamping arm alignment before tightening the mounting screws.

09/2019

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR RETROFITTED ACCESSORIES

MOUNTING OF THE METAL WIPER C 3)

2) Mount the metal wiper ring “B” by pushing it over the cylinder rod until it is in contact with the previously inserted rubber ring “A”.

B 2)

A 1)

09/2019

1) Insert the rubber element “A” into the groove provided for this purpose.

Note: The metal wiper ring “B” must be precisely guided on the piston rod. If it does not move smoothly, polish the inside diameter carefully with very fine abrasive paper. Proceed with extreme caution in order not to round the wiper edge and to affect its wiping eﬃciency. 3) Install steel bushing “C” metal wiper in the appropriate position on the cylinder body. We recommend pressing the steel bushing with the spacer element onto the rod in order to push it into place. Note: Do not use a hammer or inappropriate tools for the installation of the steel bushing. The bushing MUST be ﬁtted to the cylinder body by exerting an axial force onto the rod.

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR RETROFITTED VRF SERIES FLOW CONTROL VALVES

MOUNTING THE VALVE TO THE CYLINDER 1) Remove the plug from the “A” port (clamping). 2) Place the sealing ring into the groove provided on the cylinder. Screw in the valve up to the stop and tighten it by hand with the specified torque. NOTE: Always tighten the valve by hand. Pneumatic or electric screwdrivers MUST NOT be used for this purpose as they could cause damage to the valve or the cylinder body.

A Safety counter nut

Valve adjusting screw

TORQUE FOR VALVE BODY “E” VRF18 = 16Nm VRF14 = 40Nm Hexagon wrench for valve body “E”

VRF18-VRF14 valve Sealing ring

ADJUSTMENT OF THE FLOW CONTROL VALVE D

Loosen the safety counter nut “D” while fixing the valve body “E” with the hexagon wrench.

TORQUE FOR THE COUNTER NUT “D” VRF18 = 6Nm VRF14 = 12Nm

Adjust the ﬂow rate using the screw at the VRF valve. Make sure to use exclusively the appropriate wrench and perform the adjustment ONLY in unpressurized condition.

After having adjusted the ﬂow rate, tighten the “D” counter nut again.

09/2019

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR VCS02/VCS03 VCS04 PNEUMATIC VALVES

MOUNTING SEQUENCE FOR THE VCS PNEUMATIC VALVE

15 N/m

5 VCS02

1) Insert the stop element, article no. 4310.008, into the valve seat. 2) Then place the extension spring, article no. A/2044 into the valve seat. 3) Insert the sealing ring, article no 6740.132, into the valve seat until it reaches the stop. 4) Mount the upper O-Ring 13 x 1.5 mm sealing ring in the valve seat. 5) Install the valve in the seat and tighten it with a torque of 15 N/m.

O-Ring 13x1.5

4 6470.132

NOTE: The maximum valve stroke is 4 mm for the VCSO2 valve and 7 mm for the VCS03 and VCS04 valves. We recommend a closing stroke of 2÷3 mm.

3 Extension spring

4310.008

VALVE SEAT VCS 02/03/04

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE ADJUSTMENT OF THE PNEUMATIC SYSTEM WHEN USING CLAMP ARM/WORKPIECE POSITION CONTROL VALVES NOTE: A precise air supply flow upstream from the pressure switch provided for valve control is of prior importance for the efficient operation of the clamp arm/ workpiece position control valves. 1) Close all VCS valves except for one. 2) Close the flow control completely to interrupt the air flow. 3) Carefully reopen the flow control valve and increase the downstream pressure to set the release point of the clamp closing pressure switch. 4) Close the flow control valve slowly until no alarm is given by the pressure switch (pressure drop). 5) Open and close the VCS valve to check whether the pressure reaches the release pressure set at the pressure switch and is reduced again.

VALVE UNIT

09/2019

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE VCS10 PNEUMATIC VALVE

PREPARATIONS FOR VALVE MOUNTING

VCS10

1) Use the metric O-ring 7x1 as lower valve seal. 2) Use the metric O-ring 9x1 as upper valve seal. Mounting of the valve

O-Ring 7x1

1 4

3) Insert the extension spring (A/1655) into the appropriate valve seat. 4) After having inserted the extension spring into the hollow valve shaft up to the stop, place the prepared VCS10 valve into seat and tighten it with a torque of 12 N/m.

N.B.: The maximum valve stroke is 3.5 mm. We recommend a closing stroke of 1.5 ÷ 2 mm.

O-Ring 9x1

3 Extension spring

VALVE SEAT VCS10

VCS10 VALVE UNIT IN SEAT

1) Close all VCS valves except for one. 2) Close the flow controller completely to interrupt the air flow. 3) Carefully reopen the flow control valve and increase the downstream pressure to set the release point of the pressure switch for position control. 4) Close the flow control valve slowly until no alarm is given by the pressure switch (pressure drop). 5) Open and close the VCS valve to check whether the pressure reaches the release pressure set at the pressure switch and is reduced again.

09/2019

ADJUSTMENT OF THE INSTALLED PNEUMATIC VALVE

Adjustment of the air-operated valve

A B C D E

To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve. 3) Supply the circuit with air at 1 - 6 bar through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). 4) Screw in the set-screw (B) with the workpiece being clamped until the air ﬂow is interrupted. Then tighten the screw by another 2 - 4 rotations (*) and lock the screw by means of the nut (C). The pressure switch indicates that the pneumatic circuit is closed and enables the machine cycle start. * (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.)

CPV01 - VALVE PROTECTION CARTRIDGE B

Valve protection cartridge. M12X1

With the CPV01 valve protection cartridge, the final user can perform clamping operations without any workpiece being mounted in the fixture to check the cylinder for proper functioning or for cleaning purposes. In this case, there is no risk of damage to the VCS clamp arm position control valve caused by excess stroke.

C G D E

09/2019

Ø6

Stroke

Adjustment of the valve protection cartridge (example): To adjust the CPV01 valve protection cartridge for the clamp arm control valve, proceed as described in the above instructions 1 to 4 for the adjustment of the clamp arm position control valve. Upon completion of the adjustment, the pressure switch will indicate that the compressed air circuit is closed and enable the machining cycle. The bolt of the cartridge (G) can compensate an excess stroke of up to 10 mm and re-establish the starting conditions as soon as the cylinder has returned into unclamping position. Make sure that no stroke over 10 mm is performed during clamping operations without workpiece.

VALVE ADJUSTMENT VCS03 Bolt Counter nut Adjustable plate

Height of the actuated valve at the mechanical stop. Any collision of the valve with the mechanical stop must be avoided in order not to cause substantial damage to the valve.

Height of valve when not actuated

Height of the adjusted valve in clamped state without workpiece

0.5

Maximum mechanical valve stroke

2 0.5

Mechanical valve stop 7

4.5 - Adjustment range for workpiece release

Clamp arm level with the cylinder being opened

VCS03

RECOMMENDED VALVE ADJUSTMENT: 1) Pressurize the cylinders to open them until they reach the end position. ATTENTION: Prior to performing any manual operations on the ﬁxture, make sure that the hydraulic supply is switched off and the cylinders are prevented from closing while the work is being carried out. 2) Remove the workpieces from the machining position, if any. 3) Completely unscrew the bolts installed on the adjustable plate at the clamp arm (fig. 1). 4) Close the hydraulic cylinders up to the mechanical stop. 5) Carefully screw in the bolt until the VCS valves have reached the mechanical stop (mechanical limit stop, see figure 2). 6) Unscrew the bolt by 0.5 mm and lock it in this position using the appropriate counter nut (fig. 3). The valves are now open and the pressure switch cannot give a “Workpiece clamped” release. As soon as the workpiece is in correct position and the clamp arm is placed on it, the valve is closed and the “Workpiece clamped” release will be given via the pressure switch.

Free outlet

Pressure gauge for visual inspection 0-12 Bar Pressure switch normally open

PNEUMATIC CIRCUIT (EXAMPLE)

Flow rate controller

Pneumatic line max. 5µm - MAX 10 Bar

NOTE: The volume flow in the pneumatic line must be controlled such as to ensure that the entire system is depressurized and changes to alarm mode when a single valve is opened. If the machine is not equipped with a flow control valve, retroﬁtting is necessary as excessively high flow rates will affect the proper function of the safety equipment.

NOTE: As the VCS03 valves provide a double alarm signal via the pressure switch (for clamp arm and workpiece position control), the cylinder position must be carefully selected. Make sure that with the clamp arm being in clamped condition but with no workpiece in working position, there is still a residual stroke available to move the VSC03 valves back into open position without the risk of mechanical collision of the valves. Under the mentioned conditions, an additional clamping stroke of 3 – 5 mm will usually be sufﬁcient for this purpose.

09/2019

COMPENSATION SYSTEM Clamp arm installation

Metal wiper

Seals

A Compensation system: High precision device to cancel angular backlash

C Cylinder speed control

B F 09/2019

Safety overload clutch

Clamp closing control valve

Swing clamp cylinders are mainly used as clamping elements for workpiece machining in hydraulic fixtures where easy manual or automatic workpiece loading and unloading is of prior importance. Owing to the exclusive clearance compensation system, these cylinders offer unparalleled reliability and high repeat accuracy in clamp arm positioning and are thus particularly suited for complex applications. In combination with the pneumatic clamp arm position control valve they guarantee maximum clamping stability and reliable machining cycles in automated production processes.

HYDROBLOCK swing clamp cylinders of the SR COMPENSATION SYSTEM series do not require cost-intensive additional equipment for repositioning to ensure that the clamping arm reaches the precise clamping point. The clamping arm will systematically be placed at the correct point – cycle after cycle.

A. COMPENSATION SYSTEM SWINGING MECHANISM WITH UNCOMPROMISING ANGULAR ACCURACY The compensation system minimizes angular deviations of the clamp arm during the clamping process and belongs to the series equipment. Mechanical protection of the springs. Repeat accuracy of the clamp arm positioning on the workpiece +/- 0.05°.

Ball positioning at a safe level to avoid any damage to the cam material.

The unique HYDROBLOCK guiding and control system for the clamp arm swing motion is the worldwide most precise solution for positioning clamp arms on workpieces during machining. The unparalleled repeat accuracy is achieved by a special cup spring system keeping the guide balls in the correct position over long operating times. The angular clearance is thus continuously compensated, which would otherwise inevitably lead to wear of the mechanical components. HYDROBLOCK cylinders equipped with the COMPENSATION SYSTEM ensure an angular deviation in clamp arm positioning of below +/- 0.05° (+/- 0°0’30“). OBJECTIVE An incorrect alignment of the pressure point of the clamp arm relative to the clamping point in the fixture (which gradually increases with the mechanical wear) leads to deformations of the clamped workpiece. It is thus not possible to meet today’s exacting dimensional accuracy requirements during the machining process. The uncompromising repeat accuracy in the positioning of the clamp arm on the workpiece minimizes elastic deformations and allows perfectly even workpieces with high surface quality to be produced.

09/2019

COMPENSATION SYSTEM Exclusive COMPENSATION SYSTEM compensates the angular clearance of the swinging mechanism to ensure long-term operational precision. The exclusive COMPENSATION SYSTEM guarantees high repeat accuracy in the positioning of the clamp arm on the workpiece. In addition, it minimizes or almost eliminates elastic workpiece deformations that normally result from incorrect alignment of the pressure point of the clamp arm relative to the fixed clamp point in the fixture.

Perfect clamp arm alignment on the support

HYDROBLOCK COMPENSATION SYSTEM

-0.05°

0.22

0.13

0.09

0.17

L=5

±0.05°

+0.05°

L=125

75 L=

± 0.085 mm

Angular deviation in clamp arm positioning using the HYDROBLOCK COMPENSATION SYSTEM: ± 0.05° MAINTAINED OVER A LONG TIME

COMPETITOR

-0.5°

2.18

1.75

1.31

0.87

±0.5°

L=5

+0.5°

L=125

± 0.875 mm

Angular deviation in clamp arm positioning: ± 0.5° indicated for new cylinders

COMPETITOR +1°

L=125

75 L=

-1°

4.36

2.62

1.74

3.49

±1°

L=5

= ± 1.75 mm

Angular deviation in clamp arm positioning: ± 1° indicated for new cylinders

COMPETITOR

-2°

09/2019

8.72

6.98

5.23

3.49

±2°

L=5

+2°

L=125

Load, deformation of the machined workpiece

± 3.5 mm

Angular deviation in clamp arm positioning: ± 2° indicated for new cylinders

CYLINDER EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES

B. CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE The VCS pneumatic valve for active monitoring of the clamp arm position on the workpiece is of vital importance for state-of-the-art fully automatic lines. This valve can enable the machining process or disable it if any irregularities are detected in terms of workpiece positioning. Available versions: VCS02, VCS03, VCS04, VCS10 and VCS13. Standard equipment of cylinders in “V” version: VCS04 and VCS10 depending on the model; other versions are available upon request. The VCS valve is directly actuated by the screw ﬁxed to the clamping arm and not by the piston. If the clamp arm is accidentally separated from the piston, the VCS valve is not actuated and no machining enable signal is transmitted to the pressure switch. This safety level cannot be ensured by indirect clamp arm control solutions. The VCS03 valve provides a double alarm signal through the pressure switch (monitoring of the clamp arm and workpiece position). If an automatically loaded workpiece falls down or is poorly positioned, the clamp arm performs an additional stroke as no workpiece is detected and returns in unclamping status. The machining cycle is thus blocked. NOTE: The VSC valves are high-precision pneumatic valves. Use only ﬁltered air 5µm.

C. CYLINDER SWING SPEED CONTROL VRF The integrated VRF ﬂow control valve is a special valve developed by HYDROBLOCK to allow the end user to precisely adjust the swing speed of the cylinder and to exactly determine the clamping sequence of the cylinders at the workpiece to be machined.

Flow control valve for the clamping process. All standard cylinders are prepared for retrofitting the ﬂow control valve (accessory delivered upon request).

Thanks to the precisely controlled flow of each cylinder, a welldefined clamping sequence of the different cylinders is obtained in all clamping positions. As this sequence is repeated for all workpieces, the machining quality is substantially improved. All cylinders prepared for the installation of the flow control valve (to be separately ordered) can be retrofitted accordingly. NOTE: DO NOT USE flow control valves that impede the free oil discharge flow from the cylinder chambers. Despite the extremely robust design, the resulting overpressure would damage the swinging mechanism of the cylinder in the long run.

09/2019

CYLINDER EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES

D. METAL WIPER MOUNTING HOOD

METAL WIPER RUBBER ELEMENT MOUNTING OF THE WIPER IN CLOSED GROOVE SPECIAL MATERIAL RESISTANT TO CUTTING FLUIDS The main wiper of our swing clamp cylinders is mounted in a closed groove designed to prevent gap extrusion. It is made of special material that is resistant to modern cooling lubricants. Upon request, the main wiper is protected by a special metal wiper that is pressed directly onto the cylinder body. The metal wiper is composed of two separate components: an installation hood at the body and a profiled wiper plate that is fitted to the piston rod and can be freely moved in axial direction. The movement between the installation hood and the wiper plate ensures eﬃcient function of the wiper that follows the piston profile, even if the latter is elastically deformed by the clamping forces exerted by the clamp arm. The wiper plate follows the rod and is deformed neither in diameter nor in wiper profile, which ensures eﬃcient protection of the main wiper over a long operating time.

X O

Contrary, when the (optional) metal wiper is mounted, the rubber wiper is protected against pressurized ﬂuids and chips. The rubber wiper CANNOT be lifted by the pressurized cooling lubricant and the main seal will be not damaged by ﬂuids or chips.

09/2019

The cooling lubricant jet must not be directly aimed at the rubber wiper as there is the risk of the wiper being lifted by the pressurized cooling lubricant, which would affect the sealing eﬃciency. In this case, the main seal could be damaged by ﬂuids and chips.

E. SEALS Seals FKM (upon request)

POLYURETHANE seals as standard equipment

PISTON SEALS Depending on the cylinder type, our cylinders are equipped with seals made of special polyurethane or of PTFE+ FKM. Upon request, PTFE+FKM seals are available for all types. TENUTE PISTONE The piston seals of our cylinders are made of PTFE+NBR. PTFE+FKM seals are available upon request.

SAFETY OVERLOAD CLUTCH

SAFETY OVERLOAD CLUTCH RESET INTO 360° POSITION (UPON REQUEST)

The safety overload clutch used to be a popular option for fixtures with manual workpiece loading and unloading. When the operator had to handle heavy or bulky workpieces, there was the risk of collision with the clamp arm and overload of the swinging mechanism causing damage to the equipment. For these applications, the safety clutch with manual reset to 360° was offered to protect the equipment. In state-of-the-art lines with automated loading, the safety clutch is no longer really needed. However, it is still available upon request for special applications or requirements.

09/2019

G. CLAMP ARM INSTALLATION HEXAGON SOCKET AT THE TOP FOR MOUNTING THE CLAMP ARM

GROOVE FOR CLAMP ARM ALIGNMENT (UPON REQUEST)

TAPER 1:8 – 1:10 DEPENDING ON TYPE

HEXAGON SOCKET AT THE CYLINDER TOP In the standard version, the pistons of all HYDROBLOCK swing clamp cylinders feature a hexagon socket at the top. Using this socket, the piston can be fixed while tightening the clamp arm lock ring – an extremely practical solution that protects the swinging mechanism of the cylinder. TAPER 1:8 All HYDROBLOCK pistons with COMPENSATION SYSTEM feature a clamp arm mounting taper of 1:8. ALIGNMENT GROOVE Upon request, the pistons are provided with an alignment groove at a customer-defined position. This allows the clamp arm to be easily aligned during replacement or retrofitting.

NOTE: Swing clamp cylinders are designed for swinging at defined angles and over defined strokes. The cylinders MUST NOT BE EXPOSED to radial forces producing a rotation about their own axis. This motion would damage the cylinder and affect the swinging mechanism. For this reason, supports must be provided to absorb the forces.

09/2019

HPC

HARD PRISMATIC CLAMPS INTEGRATED METAL WIPER

HYDROBLOCK offers its customers a new prismatic clamping arm guide system of type HPC-HARD PRISMATIC CLAMP to be used in combination with the unique compensation system all cylinders of the SR COMPENSATION SYSTEM series are equipped with. Thanks to the high angular accuracy guaranteed by the compensation system, the clamping arm is perfectly guided by the precise surfaces of the prismatic guiding system mounted to the cylinder body.

THE INNOVATIVE HPC SYSTEM OFFERS MANY BENEFITS 1. Linear guide to absorb the radial forces acting on the clamping arm: The clamping arm/piston rod configuration is only minimally bent, which drastically reduces the tension exerted on the clamped workpiece during machining. This ensures unparalleled manufacturing quality within narrow tolerances. 2. Prism guide to absorb the torque: The clamping arm mounted to the piston rod remains perfectly aligned even when subjected to radial thrust and does not transmit the swing torque to the internal guiding system of the piston rod. The rod is thus protected against damage caused by excessively high torque and undesired forces or vibrations acting on the workpiece are excluded. NOTE: The swing torque transmitted to the clamping arms of swing clamp cylinders is the main reason for damage to the cylinder and the resulting vibrations of the clamped workpiece!

3. Alignment of the clamping arm on the cylinder body: Incorrect mounting of the clamping arm to the rod is excluded. Correct installation is automatically ensured. An additional alignment is no longer required and grooves are not necessary. 4. Protection of the cylinder swinging system: The internal swinging system cannot be damaged during mounting. When tightening the threaded nut at the clamping arm, the prismatic guide prevents any undesired transmission of the tightening torque to the swinging system. 5. A 8% increase in the effective clamping force on the machined workpiece is achieved or alternatively a longer clamping arm at the same operating pressure.

09/2019

SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS WITHOUT HPC SYSTEM

HYDROBLOCK SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS WITH HPC SYSTEM

BENEFITS OF THE HPC-SYSTEM: • • • •

Higher stability during machining High rigidity Eﬃcient compensation of lateral forces Enhanced vibration dampening

09/2019

COMPENSATION SYSTEM CLAMPING FORCE CALCULATION The clamping arm of a swing clamp cylinder generates a torque acting on the piston guide. This torque produces a friction force that reduces the clamping force. The longer the clamping arm, the lower the performance. In the following formulas, this relation is taken into consideration. The constants used have been determined by means of test measurements. ATTENTION! Please observe the measuring units of the variables.

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS Effective clamping force:

p F= ≤ Fadm A+B•l

[kN]

Maximum admissible clamping force*:

Fadm = C l

[kN]

padm = D + E ≤ pmax l

Maximum admissible operating pressure:

[bar]

l = Clamp arm length [mm] p = Pressure [bar] SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS Effective clamping force:

p-G ≤ Fadm A+B•l

[kN]

Maximum admissible clamping force*:

Fadm = C l

[kN]

Maximum admissible operating pressure:

padm = D + E + G ≤ pmax l

l = Clamp arm length [mm]

[bar]

p = Pressure [bar]

The constants (A÷G) for standard HYDROBLOCK cylinders are indicated in the table below: SR16FS

SR16FD

SR18FS

SR18FD

SR22

SR25FS

SR25FD

SR28

SR35

SR45

39,8

50,5

19,0

24,0

10,3

7,1

5,8

0,177

0,095

0,110

0,1

0,073

0,040

0,026

309

399

550

736

900

1375

2310

12300

20150

10440

17650

9230

9750

13350

54,78

37,88

60,25

58,20

65,38

54,96

59,25

* = After determination of the clamping arm length l, the maximum clamping force F must not exceed the indicated value.

09/2019

SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS: EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE UND MAXIMUM SWINGING SPEED Example: Double-acting swing clamp cylinder: SR22.FD Clamp arm length: l = 80 Admissible clamping force:

Fadm = C = 550 = 6,9 l 80

[kN]

Maximum admissible operating pressure:

padm = D + E = 10440 + 60,25 = 191 80 l

[bar]

MAXIMUM SWINGING SPEED When the clamping arms changes from the swinging motion to the pure linear movement, all forces of inertia are absorbed by the cam/ball system of the cylinder. These forces must be limited to avoid damage to the cylinder. The forces of inertia are proportional to the swinging speed and to the dimensions and the weight of the clamping arm. The larger the clamping arm, the lower the swinging speed to be selected. The swinging speed can be controlled by ﬂow control valves as separately described. The ratio between the torque of inertia I of the clamp arm and the swing time t (for an angle of 90°) must be located below the characteristic torque of inertia/reaction time curve of the specific cylinder in the diagram. In any case, the swing time must be above 0.2 sec.

B A1 A2 m2

Calculation the torque of inertia:

I = 1 • m1 (4 • A12 + B2) + 1 • m2 (4 • A22 + B2) 12 12

I = Torque of inertia [kg•m2] m = Mass [kg] * = After determination of the clamping arm length l, the maximum clamping force F must not exceed the indicated value.

09/2019

ORDER NUMBER CODE FOR SR SERIES SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

SR XX.

0 V

FD PD CD FS PS CS

0 L R

0: Version with POLYURETHANE seals

0 0 45 V2 60 V3 90 V4

0 F

0 M

0 S

0 K

O P

0 H6 H7

L: Left-hand type clamp arm R: Right-hand type clamp arm

V: Version with PTFE/FKM seals

0-45-60-90: Swinging angle (in °) (other swinging angles upon request)

FD/FS:

V: Control valve for the clamp arm position (upon request) Version with upper ﬂange, double-acting/single-acting (if available, see catalogue)

PD/PS: Version with lower ﬂange, double-acting/single-acting (if available, see catalogue) CD/CS: Built-in version, double-acting/single-acting (if available, see catalogue)

F: Safety clutch against overload during the swing motion (upon request) M: Metal wiper to protect the main wiper against chips (upon request) S: VRF flow control valve to control the swing speed (upon request) Only possible with “O” mounting. K: Clamp arm alignment groove (upon request) O: Version with flange connection and supply via O-ring P: Version with flange connection and supply via threaded bore H6: HPC prismatic block with integrated metal wiper with clamp arm 06 H7: HPC prismatic block with integrated metal wiper with clamp arm 07

How to order SR swing clamp cylinders (example)

SR22.0FDR90 V30MS0O0 SR22 swing clamp cylinder with upper flange, double-acting version (FD), polyurethane seals (O), right-hand type clamp arm 90° (R90), equipped with VCS03 control valve for the clamp arm position and alarm release if no workpiece is in machining position (V3), without safety clutch against overload during swinging (O), with metal wiper to protect the main wiper against chips (M), with installed VRF18 flow control valve to control the swinging speed (S), without clamp arm alignment groove (O), with modular flange connection and supply via the threaded bores (P), without HPC prismatic block (0).

09/2019

PRESSURE/CLAMPING FORCE

DIAGRAMS

COMPENSATION SYSTEM The following diagram outlines the performance data of different SR series double-acting swing clamp cylinders with compensation system as a function of the supply pressure.

F - Effective clamp arm force (kN)

P - Operating pressure (bar)

The diagram shows the effective clamping force “F” as a function of the operating pressure “P”. “L” = Recommended maximum clamp arm length

09/2019

SR16.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

A M6

23.6

1.6

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M14x1.5

Taper 1:8

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

Ø29 (6)

147 EXTENDED

Ø16

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 57 Clamping force diagram, see page 57

Ø35

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

50°

STROKE mm

/8”

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

9 R3

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

09/2019

SR16.0 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

23.6

DIN913 M5x20

1.6

DIN912 M4x12 AIR

9.8

C H

Ø3 MAX

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

G1/8’’

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position.

90 °

2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve. 3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

G1/8’’

50°

° 90

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

4) Screw in the set-screw (B) with the workpiece being clamped until the air ﬂow is interrupted. Then tighten the screw by another 2÷4 rotations (*) and lock the screw by means of the nut (C). The pressure switch indicates that the pneumatic circuit is closed and enables the machine cycle start. * (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.) Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

SR16.0 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

21.3

19.9

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M14x1.5

M6 1.6

Ø4.8 MAX

(6)

Ø29

124

148 EXTENDED

Ø16

OIL

Taper 1:8

Ø35

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 57 Clamping force diagram, see page 57

Ø7 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 19

50°

STROKE mm

/8”

27 52

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

B TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

09/2019

SR16.0 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

21.3

19.9

A A

DIN913 M5x20 DIN912 M4x12

9.8

B C M6

AIR

1.6

E G1/8’’

Ø3 MAX

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve. F

* (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.)

50°

90 °

G1/8’’

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

SR16.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) Ø39 H8 Ø37.5H8

Ø3 9.5

21.5

(6)

30°

Ø36 H8

21.5

1.6

Ø29 Ø36

Ø3

15 49.5 147 EXTENDED

1.6

3.2

Taper 1:8

Ø16

32 MIN

20°

1.6

M14x1.5

A B 73.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø39 H8

9.5

1.6 11 1.6

30°

Ø36 H8

Ø6.5

Ø3

3.2

21.5

Ø37.5 H8

Ø3

Ø35

1.6

20°

30°

Ø35.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 57 Clamping force diagram, see page 57

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

09/2019

SR16 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.16

CLAMP ARM 03.16

CLAMP ARM 04.16 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

Ø51

Ø23

1.6

19.5

M4 3.2

Taper 1:8 7.5

Ø16±0.05

Ø26

42 = =

15°

15° 12 17 48

UPON REQUEST

17 27

20 48

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,080

120

0,070

100

8,0 80 6,0 60 4,0

2,0

40 20

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

10,0

140

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

12,0

0,060 Area not usable 0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

SR16.0 FDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

63 EXTENDED

OIL

1.6

Ø4.8 MAX MOUNTING HOLE

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 61 Clamping force diagram, see page 61 27

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

09/2019

SR16.0 FDVH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE, CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

DIN913 M5x20

1.6

AIR

63 EXTENDED

C D Ø3 MAX

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

G1/8’’

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Loosen the screw (B) M5x20. 2) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 27

= =

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). 4) Screw in the set-screw (B) with the workpiece being clamped until the air ﬂow is interrupted. Then tighten the screw by another 2÷4 rotations (*) and lock the screw by means of the nut (C). The pressure switch indicates that the pneumatic circuit is closed and enables the machine cycle start. * (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.) Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

09/2019

SR16.0 CDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø3

1.6

30°

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

49.5 EXTENDED

3.2

32 MIN

Ø37.5H8

1.6

Ø39H8

20°

30°

Ø36H8

Blind hole mounting

Ø39 H8

9.5

1.6 11 1.6

30°

Ø35.5

= =

30°

Ø36 H8

= =

Ø3

3.2

21.5

Ø37.5 H8

Ø3

1.6

20°

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 61 Clamping force diagram, see page 61

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

09/2019

SR16 HPC SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 06.16

CLAMP ARM 07.16 Ø23 2

Ø16±0.05

10.5

3.2 1.6

1.6

10.5

3.2

Ø23

Ø16±0.05 Taper 1:8

Taper 1:8

89.5

74.5 70

19.5

° 45

7.5

19.5

7.5

16 == 28 ==

45 ==

16 = = 28 = = 44 = =

20°

14 = =

20° 10

10 13.5 MAX

13.5 MAX 27

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,080

120

0,070

F* 100

8,0 80 6,0 60 4,0

2,0

40 20

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

10,0

140

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

12,0

0,060 Area not usable 0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

SR16.0 FS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

= =

* OIL

23.6

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M14x1.5 Taper 1:8 15

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø31

ATTENTION: The cylinder is NOT equipped with THE COMPENSATION SYSTEM! VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

50°

= =

/8”

= = 6

= =

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 63 Clamping force diagram, see page 63

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

(6) 13

Ø35

= =

+0.2 -0

Ø7

B 9 R3

27 58

Ø35.5

147 EXTENDED

Ø16

MOUNTING HOLE

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

2.51

5.5

09/2019

SR16 FS SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.16

CLAMP ARM 03.16

CLAMP ARM 04.16 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

Ø51

Ø23

1.6

19.5

M4 3.2

Taper 1:8 7.5

Ø16±0.05

Ø26

42 = =

15°

15° 12 17 48

UPON REQUEST

17 27

20 48

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

140

0,070

120

8,0

0,080

100 80

6,0

4,0

L 2,0

40 20

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

10,0

160

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

12,0

0,060 Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

SR16.38 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR : Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

23.6

1.6

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M14x1.5

Taper 1:8

+0.2 -0

MOUNTING HOLE

(6)

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø35.5

Ø29

147 EXTENDED

Ø16

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 69 Clamping force diagram, see page 69

Ø35

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

50°

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.51

4.52

9.5

17.2

/8”

9 R3

27 58

09/2019

SR16.38 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

23.6

DIN913 M5x20

1.6

DIN912 M4x12 AIR

9.8

C H

Ø3 MAX

No MOUNTING HOLE

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

E G1/8’’

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows:

90 °

G1/8’’

50°

Maximum rotation of plate A 09/2019

SR16.38 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

21.3

19.9

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M14x1.5

M6 1.6

OIL

Taper 1:8

Ø4.8 MAX

148 EXTENDED

Ø16

140

(6)

Ø29

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.07x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 69 Clamping force diagram, see page 69

Ø35

Ø7 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 19

50°

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

/8”

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.51

4.52

9.5

17.2

27 52

09/2019

SR16.38 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

21.3

19.9

A A

DIN913 M5x20 DIN912 M4x12

9.8

B C D

1.6

E G1/8’’

AIR

Ø3 MAX

F 90 °

G1/8’’

50°

Maximum rotation of plate A 09/2019

SR16.38 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M14x1.5

32 MIN

Ø3

1.6

30°

(6)

Ø36 H8

21.5

9.5

1.6 11

8 30 65.5

30°

Ø29 Ø36

A Ø3

3.2

Ø16

147 EXTENDED

Ø37.5H8

Taper 1:8

1.6

Ø39 H8

20°

Blind hole mounting

Ø39 H8

9.5

1.6 1.6

Ø6.5

30°

Ø35.5 37

Ø3

Ø36 H8

3.2

21.5

Ø37.5 H8

Ø35

1.6

20°

Ø3

89.5

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.51

4.52

9.5

17.2

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

09/2019

SR16 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.16

CLAMP ARM 03.16

CLAMP ARM 04.16 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

Ø51

Ø23

1.6

19.5

M4 3.2

Taper 1:8 7.5

Ø16±0.05

Ø26

42 = =

15°

15° 12 17 48

UPON REQUEST

17 27

20 48

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,080

120

0,070

100

8,0 80 6,0 60 4,0

2,0

40 20

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

10,0

140

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

12,0

0,060 Area not usable 0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

SR18.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

23.6

1.6

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M16x1.5

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø18

Taper 1:8

+0.2

Ø35.5 -0

Ø29 (6)

150 EXTENDED

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 75 Clamping force diagram, see page 75

Ø35

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

50°

STROKE mm

/8”

9 R3

27 58

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.98

4.52

4.4

9.9

09/2019

SR18.0 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

1.6

23.6

AIR

DIN913 M5x20

DIN912 M4x12

9.8

C H

Ø3 MAX

No MOUNTING HOLE

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

E G1/8’’

G1/8’’

B ° 90

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

SR18.0 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

21.3

19.9

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M6 M16x1.5

Ø18

OIL

Taper 1:8

1.6

Ø4.8 MAX (6)

124

151 EXTENDED

Ø29

Ø35 Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 75 Clamping force diagram, see page 75

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 19

50°

STROKE mm

/8”

27 52

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

B TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.98

4.52

4.4

9.9

09/2019

SR18.0 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

21.3

19.9

A A

DIN913 M5x20

DIN912 M4x12

9.8

B C

1.6

D 15

AIR

E Ø3 MAX

G1/8’’

90 °

G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

SR18.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

21.5

9.5

1.6

30°

(6)

Ø3

1.6

Ø29 Ø36

30°

Ø36 H8

21.5

18 49.5

150 EXTENDED

Ø18

Ø3

3.2

Taper 1:8

A 32 MIN

Ø37.5H8

1.6

Ø39 H8

20°

M16x1.5

A B 73.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø39 H8 1.6

9.5

30°

Ø3

1.6 75

Ø36 H8

1.6

2 11

Ø6.5

Ø3

3.2

Ø37.5 H8

21.5

20°

Ø35

30°

Ø35.5

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.98

4.52

4.4

9.9

09/2019

SR18 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.18

CLAMP ARM 03.18

CLAMP ARM 04.18 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

41.5

16.5

12 1.6

Ø66

3.2

1.5

Ø26

Taper 1:8 7.5

Ø18±0.05

Ø34

= =

15°

= =

15°

12 17 48

UPON REQUEST = =

20 48

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,090

250

9,0

0,080

150

5,0 4,0

100

3,0

2,0

Torque of inertia (kgm )

6,0

0,070 2

200

7,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

8,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010

1,0 0

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

SR18.0 FDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT M6

63 EXTENDED

OIL

1.6

Ø4.8 MAX +0.2

Ø35.5 -0

MOUNTING HOLE

= =

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.98

4.52

4.4

9.9

09/2019

SR18.0 FDVH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE, CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

DIN 913 M5x20

1.6

63 EXTENDED

AIR

E Ø3 MAX G1/8’’ +0.2

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø35.5 -0

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Loosen the screw (B) M5x20. 2) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position.

= =

09/2019

SR18.0 CDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø3

30°

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

2 11

1.6

3.2 49.5 EXTENDED

A 32 MIN

Ø37.5H8

1.6

Ø39H8

20°

30°

Ø36H8

Blind hole mounting

Ø39H8 1.6

9.5

= =

30°

1.6 Ø3

Ø36H8

= =

Ø3

1.6

2 11

3.2

Ø37.5H8

21.5

20°

30°

Ø35.5

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.98

4.52

4.4

9.9

09/2019

SR18 HPC SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 06.18

CLAMP ARM 07.18

1.5

Ø26

10.5 M5

Ø18±0.05

3.2

1.6

10.5

3.2 18

1.5

Ø26

Ø18±0.05 Taper 1:8

Taper 1:8

89.5

74.5 55

19.5 7.5

° 45

19.5

7.5

16 = = 28 = =

45 = =

16 = = 28 = = 44 = = 20°

14 = =

20° 10

10 12.5 MAX

12.5 MAX

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,090

250

9,0

0,080 200

6,0 150

5,0 4,0

100

3,0

2,0

0,070 Torque of inertia (kgm2)

7,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

8,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010

1,0 0

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

SR18.0 FS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION 23.6

22 = =

* OIL

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M16x1.5 Ø4.8 MAX 18

Taper 1:8

+0.2

Ø35.5 -0

Ø31

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

(6)

150 EXTENDED

Ø18

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø7

Ø35

ATTENTION: The cylinder is NOT equipped with THE COMPENSATION SYSTEM! VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

G1/ 8”

37 = =

48 = =

6 = =

9 R3

27 = = 58

50° = =

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 81 Clamping force diagram, see page 81

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

1.98

4.4

09/2019

SR18 FS SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.18

CLAMP ARM 03.18

CLAMP ARM 04.18 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

41.5

16.5

12 1.6

Ø66

3.2

1.5

Ø26

Taper 1:8 7.5

Ø18±0.05

Ø34

= =

15°

= =

15°

12 17 48

UPON REQUEST

17 27

20 48

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

9,0

0,090

300

0,080 250

200

6,0 5,0

150 4,0 100

3,0

2,0

0,070 Torque of inertia (kgm )

7,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

8,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010

1,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

SR18.25 FSC

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

23.6

1.6

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M16x1.5

Taper 1:8

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø29

+0.2 0

174 EXTENDED

Ø36.5

MOUNTING HOLE (6)

Ø18

Ø7

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 81 Clamping force diagram, see page 81

Ø36

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

50°

G1/ 8”

27 58

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

R39

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

1.98

4.95

09/2019

SR18.25 FSCV

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

A M6

23.6

1.6

DIN913 M5x20

DIN912 M4x12

AIR

C H

Ø3 MAX

A E G1/8’’

Ø35.5

MOUNTING HOLE

+0.2 -0

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 Valve adjustment: see page 37-38 AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

300 250 F*

200 150 100 L

100

200

300

400

50 0 500

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

G1/8’’

Effective clamping force (kN)

90 °

EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE / SWING TIMES

Operating pressure (bar)

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

0,090 0,080 0,070 0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000

0 0,2

0,5

1 1,5 Swing time 90° (s)

SR18.38 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

23.6

M6 1.6 15

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

OIL

M16x1.5

Taper 1:8

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø18 79

(6)

Ø29

150 EXTENDED

+0.2

Ø35.5 -0

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 89 Clamping force diagram, see page 89

Ø35

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

50°

STROKE mm

/8”

9 R3

27 58

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.98

4.52

7.5

17.2

09/2019

SR18.38 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

1.6

23.6 15

DIN912 M4x12

AIR

9.8

DIN913 M5x20

B C

H No

Ø3 MAX

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø35.5

+0.2 -0

E G1/8’’

G1/8’’

B ° 90

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

SR18.38 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

21.3

19.9

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M16x1.5 M6 Taper 1:8

OIL

1.6

Ø18 Ø4.8 MAX (6)

140

151 EXTENDED

Ø29

Ø35

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 89 Clamping force diagram, see page 89

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 19

50°

STROKE mm

/8”

SWINGING

CLAMPING

33 R

TOTAL

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.98

4.52

7.5

17.2

09/2019

SR18.38 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

21.3

19.9

A A

DIN913 M5x20

DIN912 M4x12

9.8

B C D

1.6

AIR

E Ø3 MAX

G1/8’’

90 °

G1/8’’

B ° 90

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

SR18.38 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M16x1.5

1.6

9.5

30°

Ø36 H8

21.5

Ø3

1.6

30°

(6)

Ø36

21.5

8 Ø29

150 EXTENDED

65.5

Ø18

Ø3

3.2

Taper 1:8

A 32 MIN

Ø37.5H8

1.6

Ø39 H8

20°

A B 89.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø39 H8

1.6

30°

Ø36 H8

Ø3

21.5

9.5

1.6

2 11

3.2

Ø6.5

Ø37.5 H8

Ø3

Ø35

1.6

20°

30°

Ø35.5

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.98

4.52

7.5

17.2

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

09/2019

SR18 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.18

CLAMP ARM 03.18

CLAMP ARM 04.18 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

41.5

16.5

12 1.6

Ø66

3.2

1.5

Ø26

Taper 1:8 7.5

Ø18±0.05

Ø34

= =

15°

= =

15°

12 17 48

UPON REQUEST = =

20 48

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,090

250

9,0

0,080

150

5,0 4,0

100

3,0

2,0

Torque of inertia (kgm )

6,0

0,070 2

200

7,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

8,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010

1,0 0

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

SR22.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

23.6

1.6

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M18x1.5

Taper 1:8

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø49

+0.2 -0

(4)

Ø38

13.5

162 EXTENDED

Ø22

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 95 Clamping force diagram, see page 95

Ø48.5

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

G1/8”

6 R4

42 73

44°

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

09/2019

SR22.0 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

33.5 28.7

23.6

AIR

1.6

DIN913 M6x25

DIN912 M5x16

B 5

C H

Ø3 MAX

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø49

+0.2 -0

E G1/8’’

90 °

G1/8’’

* (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.)

Maximum rotation of plate A

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

90 °

09/2019

SR22.0 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

23.6

A M6 METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

1.6

OIL

M18x1.5

Taper 1:8

Ø22

Ø4.8 MAX

(4) 7

135

163 EXTENDED

Ø38

Ø48.5

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 95 Clamping force diagram, see page 95

Ø7

G1/8”

44°

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

09/2019

SR22.0 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

33.5 28.7

23.6

A DIN913 M6x25

A DIN912 M5x16

AIR

1.6 15

Ø3 MAX

G1/8’’

90 °

G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

SR22.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M18x1.5

32 MIN

Ø3

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

1.6

(4)

30°

21.5

18 50.5

Ø38 Ø50

1.6

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Ø22

162 EXTENDED

Ø52.5 H8

20°

Taper 1:8

30° Ø49.5 H8

A B 83.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø49.5 H8

30°

B B

30°

Ø3

21.5

9.5

1.6

1.6 Ø7

A A Ø3

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2 Ø48.5

1.6

Ø52.5 H8

20°

30° Ø49

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

09/2019

SR22 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.22

CLAMP ARM 03.22

CLAMP ARM 04.22 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

18 16

1.6

Taper 1:8

Ø22±0.05

7.5

15 23.5

3.2

M5 10

Ø28

Ø32

15°

14.8 14.8 21

14.8 14.8

15°

UPON REQUEST

33.5

26 62

43.5

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

160

0,080

140

0,070

120 15,0

100 80

10,0

60 5,0

40 20

0,0

0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

Torque of inertia (kgm )

0,090

20,0

180

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

25,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

SR22.30 FSC

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION 28.7

23.6

OIL

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M18X1.5

Taper 1:8

Ø4.8 MAX Ø49

+0.2 -0

Ø7

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

13.5

174 EXTENDED

Ø38

(4)

Ø22

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø48.5 103

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 95 Clamping force diagram, see page 95

Ø25

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

G1/ 8” 44°

42 73

R46

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

5.27

15.8

09/2019

SR22.30 FSCV SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

33.5 28.7

23.6

A 15

1.6 DIN913 M6X25

DIN912 M5X16

AIR

C H

Ø3 MAX Ø49

MOUNTING HOLE

+0.2 -0

G1/8’’

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 Valve adjustment: see page 37-38 AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

25,0 20,0

15,0 10,0

5,0 0,0 0

100 200 300 400 Operating pressure (bar)

180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 500

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

G1/8’’

Effective clamping force (kN)

90 °

EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE / SWING TIMES

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

0,090 0,080 0,070 0,060 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000

09/2019

Area not usable

0,050

0 0,2

0,5

1 1,5 Swing time 90° (s)

SR22.0 FDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

69 EXTENDED

OIL

1.6

Ø4.8 MAX MOUNTING HOLE

Ø49

+0.2 -0

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 101 Clamping force diagram, see page 101

= =

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

09/2019

SR22.0 FDVH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE, CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

M6 1.6

AIR

DIN 913 M5x20

69 EXTENDED

D E Ø3 MAX G1/8’’

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø49

+0.2 -0

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Loosen the screw (B) M5x20. 2) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position.

= =

09/2019

SR22.0 CDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø3

1.6

30°

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

A 32 MIN

Ø51H8

M6 3.2 50.5 EXTENDED

1.6

Ø52.5H8

20°

30° Ø49.5H8

Blind hole mounting

Ø49.5H8

= = 30°

B B

30°

Ø3

1.6

21.5

9.5

1.6

A A Ø3

Ø51H8

M6 3.2

1.6

Ø52.5H8

20°

= =

30° Ø49

= =

100

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

09/2019

SR22 HPC SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 06.22

CLAMP ARM 07.22

Ø28

10.5

1.6

10.5 M5

Ø22±0.05

Ø28 3.2

1.6

3.2

Ø22±0.05

Taper 1:8

136

106 110

= =

16 15°

= =

20.8

15°

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,090

160

0,080

140

0,070

120 15,0

100 80

10,0

5,0

40 20

0,0

0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

20,0

180

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

25,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

101

SR22.35 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

23.6

1.6

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M18x1.5

Ø4.8 MAX MOUNTING HOLE

Taper 1:8

Ø49

+0.2 -0

(4)

Ø38

13.5

162 EXTENDED

Ø22

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 107 Clamping force diagram, see page 107

Ø48.5

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

G1/8”

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

44°

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

102

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

5.27

9.07

18.4

31.7

09/2019

SR22.35 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

33.5 28.7

23.6

A 15

1.6

DIN913 M6x25

DIN912 M5x16

AIR

B 5

C H Ø3 MAX

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø49

+0.2 -0

E G1/8’’

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows:

* (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.)

G1/8’’

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

103

SR22.35 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

23.6

A M6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

1.6

OIL

M18x1.5

Taper 1:8

(4)

Ø38

145

163 EXTENDED

Ø22

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø48.5

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 107 Clamping force diagram, see page 107

Ø7

G1/8”

44°

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

104

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

5.27

9.07

18.4

31.7

09/2019

SR22.35 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

33.5 28.7

23.6

A DIN913 M6x25

A DIN912 M5x16

AIR

1.6 15

E G1/8’’

Ø3 MAX

G1/8’’

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

105

SR22.35 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M18x1.5

Taper 1:8

9.5

1.6

(4)

30°

21.5

1.6

Ø38 Ø50

10 25

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

32 MIN

Ø22

60.5 162 EXTENDED

Ø52.5 H8

20°

21.5

: Unclamping

Ø3

: Clamping

1.6

30° Ø49.5 H8

A B 93.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø49.5 H8

30°

21.5

9.5

B B

30°

1.6

Ø3

Ø7

A A Ø3

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Ø48.5

1.6

Ø52.5 H8

20°

30° Ø49

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

5.27

9.07

18.4

31.7

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

106

09/2019

SR22 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.22

CLAMP ARM 03.22

CLAMP ARM 04.22 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

18 16

1.6

Taper 1:8

Ø22±0.05

7.5

15 23.5

3.2

M5 10

Ø28

Ø32

15°

14.8 14.8 21

14.8 14.8

15°

UPON REQUEST

33.5

26 62

43.5

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

160

0,080

140

0,070

120 15,0

100 80

10,0

60 5,0

40 20

0,0

0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

Torque of inertia (kgm )

0,090

20,0

180

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

25,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

107

SR22.50 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

23.6

1.6

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M18x1.5

Taper 1:8 10

Ø4.8 MAX Ø49

+0.2 -0

MOUNTING HOLE

13.5

(4)

Ø38 40

162 EXTENDED

Ø22

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 113 Clamping force diagram, see page 113

Ø48.5

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 27

G1/8”

6 R4

44°

STROKE mm

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

5.27

9.07

26.4

45.4

108

09/2019

SR22.50 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

33.5 28.7

23.6

A DIN913 M6x25

DIN912 M5x16

1.6

AIR

B 5

C H D

Ø3 MAX MOUNTING HOLE

Ø49

+0.2 -0

E G1/8’’

90 °

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A 09/2019

109

SR22.50 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

23.6

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M6 M18x1.5

Taper 1:8

OIL

1.6

Ø4.8 MAX

(4)

Ø38

100

160

163 EXTENDED

Ø22

Ø48.5

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 113 Clamping force diagram, see page 113

Ø7

G1/8”

44°

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

5.27

9.07

26.4

45.4

STROKE mm

110

09/2019

SR22.50 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

A B

: Clamping

33.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

: Unclamping

23.6

A DIN913 M6x25

A DIN912 M5x16

M6 1.6

AIR

Ø3 MAX

G1/8’’

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

Maximum rotation of plate A 09/2019

111

SR22.50 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

M18x1.5

Ø52.5 H8

30°

Ø38 (4)

Ø50

Ø3

30° Ø49.5 H8

21.5

1.6

75.5

162 EXTENDED

Ø22

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

10 METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) 40

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

32 MIN

20°

1.6

Taper 1:8

A B 108.5

Blind hole mounting

30°

B B

30°

Ø3

Ø49.5 H8

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø7

A A Ø3

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Ø48.5

1.6

Ø52.5 H8

20°

30°

Ø49

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

5.27

9.07

26.4

45.4

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

112

09/2019

SR22 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.22

CLAMP ARM 03.22

CLAMP ARM 04.22 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

18 16

1.6

Taper 1:8

Ø22±0.05

7.5

15 23.5

3.2

M5 10

Ø28

Ø32

15°

14.8 14.8 21

14.8 14.8

15°

UPON REQUEST

33.5

26 62

43.5

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

160

0,080

140

0,070

120 15,0

100 80

10,0

60 5,0

40 20

0,0

0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

Torque of inertia (kgm )

0,090

20,0

180

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

25,0

0,060

Area not usable

0,050 0,040 0,030 0,020 0,010 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

113

SR25.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

23.6

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

OIL

M22x1.5

Taper 1:8

Ø4.8 MAX Ø49

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø38

+0.2 -0

(4)

13.5

164 EXTENDED

Ø25

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 119 Clamping force diagram, see page 119

Ø48.5

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 27

44°

STROKE mm

/8”

114

Cm2

Cm3

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.17

9.07

10.4

22.6

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

09/2019

SR25.0 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

33.5 28.7

23.6

1.6

B 5

AIR

DIN913 M6x25

DIN912 M5x16

C H D

Ø3 MAX Ø49

+0.2 -0

E G1/8’’

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position.

90 °

G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

115

SR25.0 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

23.6

A M6 1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

OIL

M22x1.5

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø25

Taper 1:8

(4)

135

165 EXTENDED

Ø38

Ø48.5

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 119 Clamping force diagram, see page 119

Ø7 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 27

44° G1/ 8”

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

116

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.17

9.07

10.4

22.6

STROKE mm

09/2019

SR25.0 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

33.5 28.7

23.6

A DIN913 M6x25

1.6 AIR

DIN912 M5x16

E Ø3 MAX G1/8’’

90 °

G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

117

SR25.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M22x1.5

1.6

Ø3

21.5

9.5

Ø3

1.6

30° Ø49.5 H8

(4)

30°

Ø38 Ø50

21.5

Ø25

50.5 164 EXTENDED

A 32 MIN

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Taper 1:8

1.6

Ø52.5 H8

20°

A B 83.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø3

Ø49.5 H8

30°

21.5

9.5

1.6

B B

30°

Ø7

A A Ø3

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Ø48.5

1.6

Ø52.5 H8

20°

30°

Ø49

118

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.17

9.07

10.4

22.6

09/2019

SR25 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.25

CLAMP ARM 03.25

CLAMP ARM 04.25 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

20 16

18 18.5 7.5

1.6

Taper 1:8

Ø25±0.05

Ø74

3.2 14

Ø35

Ø40

15°

15.6 15.6

15°

UPON REQUEST

15.6 15.6 22 60

33.5

26 60

43.5

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times 18,0

300

0,250

16,0

200

10,0 150 8,0 6,0

100

4,0

Torque of inertia (kgm )

12,0

0,200 2

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

250 14,0

Area not usable

0,150

0,100

0,500

2,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

119

SR25.0 FDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT M6

69 EXTENDED

OIL

1.6

Ø4.8 MAX Ø49

MOUNTING HOLE

+0.2 -0

= =

120

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.17

9.07

10.4

22.6

09/2019

SR25.0 FDVH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE, CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

DIN 913 M5x20

1.6 15

AIR

69 EXTENDED

E G1/8’’

Ø3 MAX Ø49

+0.2 -0

= =

09/2019

121

SR25.0 CDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø3

1.6

30°

21.5

9.5

1.6

Ø3

A 32 MIN

Ø51H8

M6 3.2

50.5 EXTENDED

1.6

Ø52.5H8

20°

30° Ø49.5H8

Blind hole mounting

Ø49.5H8

30°

B B

30°

Ø3

1.6

= =

21.5

9.5

1.6

2 11

A A Ø3

Ø51H8

M6 3.2

1.6

Ø52.5H8

20°

Ø49

= =

30°

= =

122

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.17

9.07

10.4

22.6

09/2019

SR25 HPC SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 06.25

CLAMP ARM 07.25

Ø35

Ø25±0.05

10.5 Ø25±0.05

Taper 1:8

1.6

10.5

3.2

Ø35

3.2

Taper 1:8

146

106 120

= =

16 15°

= =

15°

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times 18,0

300

0,250

250

12,0

200

10,0 150 8,0 6,0

100

4,0

0,200 Torque of inertia (kgm2)

14,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

16,0

Area not usable

0,150

0,100

0,500

2,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

123

SR25.0 FS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

= =

23.6

1.6

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M22x1.5

Ø4.8 MAX MOUNTING HOLE

Ø38

Ø49

+0.2 -0

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

13.5

(4)

164 EXTENDED

Ø25

Taper 1:8

Ø7

Ø48.5

ATTENTION: The cylinder is NOT equipped with THE COMPENSATION SYSTEM! VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 27

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 125 Clamping force diagram, see page 125

= =

44°

G1/ 8”

= =

B 42

124

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

6 R4

= =

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

4.17

10.4

09/2019

SR25 FS SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.25

CLAMP ARM 03.25

CLAMP ARM 04.25 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

20 16

18 18.5 7.5

1.6

Taper 1:8

Ø25±0.05

Ø74

3.2 14

Ø35

Ø40

15°

15.6 15.6

15°

UPON REQUEST

15.6 15.6 22 60

33.5

26 60

43.5

Material: C45

16,0

350

14,0

300

12,0

250

10,0 200 8,0 150 6,0 100

4,0

2,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0,250

0,200 Torque of inertia (kgm )

400

18,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force / Swing times

Area not usable

0,150

0,100

0,500

50 0 500

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

125

SR25.50 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

23.6

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

OIL

M22x1.5

Taper 1:8

Ø4.8 MAX Ø49

MOUNTING HOLE

+0.2 -0

Ø38 (4)

13.5

164 EXTENDED

Ø25

Ø7

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 131 Clamping force diagram, see page 131 Ø48.5

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 27

44°

/8”

126

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.17

9.07

20.9

45.4

6 R4

STROKE mm

09/2019

SR25.50 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

33.5 28.7

23.6

1.6

DIN913 M6x25

AIR

B 5

DIN912 M5x16

C H D

Ø3 MAX Ø49

+0.2 -0

E G1/8’’

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows:

1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve.

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A 09/2019

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H). AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

127

SR25.50 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

23.6

A M6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

1.6

OIL

M22x1.5

Taper 1:8

Ø4.8 MAX

165 EXTENDED

Ø25 Ø38

100

160

(4)

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.75x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 131 Clamping force diagram, see page 131

Ø48.5

Ø7 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 27

44° G1/ 8”

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.17

9.07

20.9

45.4

STROKE mm

128

09/2019

SR25.50 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

33.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

28.7

23.6

A DIN913 M6x25

DIN912 M5x16

C D

M6 1.6

E G1/8’’

AIR

Ø3 MAX

90 °

F G1/8’’

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

Maximum rotation of plate A 09/2019

129

SR25.50 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

M22x1.5

Taper 1:8

9.5

1.6

23 50

10 40

1.6

30°

Ø38

30° Ø49.5 H8

Ø50

(4)

Ø25

21.5

A 21.5

20 75.5

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

164 EXTENDED

Ø52.5 H8

20°

32 MIN

: Unclamping

Ø3

: Clamping

1.6

A B

Blind hole mounting

30°

B B

30°

Ø3

Ø49.5 H8

21.5

9.5

Ø3

2 1.6

Ø7

A A

Ø48.5

1.6

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

1.6

108.5

Ø52.5 H8

20°

30°

Ø49

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.17

9.07

20.9

45.4

AVAILABLE WITH HPC-SYSTEM

130

09/2019

SR25 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.25

CLAMP ARM 03.25

CLAMP ARM 04.25 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

20 16

18 18.5 7.5

1.6

Taper 1:8

Ø25±0.05

Ø74

3.2 14

Ø35

Ø40

15°

15.6 15.6

15°

UPON REQUEST

15.6 15.6 22 60

33.5

26 60

43.5

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times 18,0

300

0,250

16,0

200

10,0 150 8,0 6,0

100

4,0

Torque of inertia (kgm )

12,0

0,200 2

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

250 14,0

Area not usable

0,150

0,100

0,500

2,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

131

SR28.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

35.6

29.2

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

OIL

1.6

M22x1.5

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø63.5

+0.2 -0

MOUNTING HOLE

(4)

Ø43

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

181 EXTENDED

Ø28

Taper 1:8

Ø9

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 137 Clamping force diagram, see page 137

Ø63

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

46° G1/ 8”

2 R5

55 87

132

STROKE mm

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

09/2019

SR28.0 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

8.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

35.6

29.2

M8 1.6

AIR

A DIN912 M4x12 11

DIN913 M6x30

Ø3 MAX

H No

Ø3 MAX

Ø63.5

+0.2 -0

MOUNTING HOLE

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78

E F

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve.

90 °

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). G1/8’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

133

SR28.0 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

35.6

29.2

A M8 1.6

M22x1.5

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Taper 1:8

28 16 (4)

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø43

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.75x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

147

182 EXTENDED

Ø28

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 137 Clamping force diagram, see page 137

Ø63

Ø9 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

46° G1/ 8”

134

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

2 R5

STROKE mm

09/2019

SR28.0 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

35.6

29.2

A A

DIN913 M6x30 DIN912 M4x12

M8 1.6

AIR

C D

Ø3

G1/8’’

* (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.)

46°

90 °

G1/8’’

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

135

SR28.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

Ø67 H8

Ø3

(4)

Ø64 H8

1.6

Ø64 9

30°

Ø43 23.5

181 EXTENDED

55.5

Ø28

21.5 32 MIN

1.6

9.5

Taper 1:8 23

Ø65.5 H8

M8 3.2

Ø3

20°

1.6

M22x1.5

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

A B 90.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø67 H8

9.5

1.6

30°

Ø64 H8

21.5

Ø3

1.6

Ø3

Ø9

Ø63

Ø65.5 H8 2

M8 3.2

1.6

20°

30° Ø63.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 137 Clamping force diagram, see page 137

136

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

09/2019

SR28 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.28

CLAMP ARM 03.28

CLAMP ARM 04.28 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

Ø76

23 20

43.5

1.6

Ø76

8 18 17.5

3.2 12

Ø37

Taper 1:8

Ø28±0.05

15°

17.7 17.7 25 70

17.7

15°

R29

Ø39

UPON REQUEST

50.5

Material: C45

180

0,500

35,0

160

0,450

140

0,400

120

25,0

100 20,0 80 15,0

10,0

5,0

40 20

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

30,0

Torque of inertia (kgm )

40,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,350 Area not usable

0,300 0,250 0,200 0,150 0,100 0,050 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

137

SR28.0 FDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

72 EXTENDED

OIL

1.6

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø63.5

+0.2 -0

MOUNTING HOLE

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 141 Clamping force diagram, see page 141

= =

138

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

09/2019

SR28.0 FDVH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE, CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

M8 1.6 18

AIR

DIN 913 M5x25

AIR

72 EXTENDED

D Ø3 MAX Ø3 MAX

Ø63.5

+0.2 -0

MOUNTING HOLE

E F

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: 1) Loosen the screw (B) M5x25. 2) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position.

= =

09/2019

139

SR28.0 CDH

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND HPC PRISMATIC ANTI-DEFLECTION BLOCK

: Clamping

: Unclamping

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

Ø64H8

Ø3

30°

1.6

30°

21.5 32 MIN

9.5

1.6

A Ø3

Ø65.5H8

M8 3.2 55 EXTENDED

Ø67H8

20°

1.6

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Blind hole mounting

Ø67H8

9.5

21.5

Ø3

1.6

30°

= =

30°

1.6 Ø3

Ø64H8

= =

Ø65.5H8 2

M8 3.2

1.6

20°

Ø63.5

= =

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 141 Clamping force diagram, see page 141

140

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

09/2019

SR28 HPC SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 06.28

CLAMP ARM 07.28

Ø28±0.05

10.5

1.6

10.5

3.2

Ø37

Ø37 3.2

Ø28±0.05

Taper 1:8

131.5

Taper 1:8

181.5 150

100

12.5

5°

= =

4 4x

12.5

10 14.8

15 44

Material: C45

180

0,500

35,0

160

0,450

140

0,400

30,0

120

25,0

100 20,0 80 15,0

10,0

5,0

40 20

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

40,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force / Swing times

0,350 Area not usable

0,300 0,250 0,200 0,150 0,100 0,050 0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

141

SR35.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

40.6

35.6

M10

1.6

OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M30x1.5

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø75.5

Ø54.5

+0.2 0

(6)

MOUNTING HOLE

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

227.5 EXTENDED

Ø35

Taper 1:8

102.5

Ø11

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 147 Clamping force diagram, see page 147

Ø75

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

34° G1/4

”

108

142

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

STROKE mm

09/2019

SR35.0 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

40.6

35.6

M10 AIR AIR

1.6 18

DIN912 M5x16

DIN913 M6x30

Ø3

H D

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø75.5

+0.2 0

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows:

E F

G1/4’’

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

143

SR35.0 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

41.7

34.5

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M30x1.5

M10

OIL

1.6

Ø35

Taper 1:8

(6)

The VRF4 ﬂow control valve cannot be installed. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x55 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

104

186

229 EXTENDED

Ø4.8

Ø77

Ø11

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 147 Clamping force diagram, see page 147

34° G1/4 ”

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

STROKE mm

108

144

09/2019

SR35.0 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

41.7

34.5

A DIN913 M6x30 12

DIN912 M5x16

M10

1.6

D 18

H No

AIR

E Ø3 G 1/8”

G1/4”

B °

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). 4) Screw in the set-screw (B) with the workpiece being clamped until the air ﬂow is interrupted. Then tighten the screw by another 2÷4 rotations (*) and lock the screw by means of the nut (C). The pressure switch indicates that the pneumatic circuit is closed and enables the machine cycle start. * (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.) Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the set-screw (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

145

SR35.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting

Ø4

24.5

12.5

3.2

Ø4

30°

30° Ø76 H8

Ø76

(6)

72 30

Ø54.5

A B

Blind hole mounting

112.5

24.5

1.6 Ø76 H8

1.6

115

Ø4

12.5

35.5

Ø75

26.5

3.2

A Ø4

Ø78 H8

10.5

Ø80 H8

20°

1.6

227.5 EXTENDED

Ø35

26.5

1.6

3.2 Taper 1:8 30

35.5 MIN

Ø78 H8 M8

10.5

Ø80 H8

20°

M30x1.5

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

B 30°

30°

Ø75.5

Ø11 88

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 147 Clamping force diagram, see page 147

146

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

09/2019

SR35 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.35

CLAMP ARM 03.35

CLAMP ARM 04.35 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

108

1.6

22 17

3.2

Ø47

Taper 1:8 9

Ø35±0.05

Ø47.5

15° 21.9 21.9 31 31 38 90 128

21.9 21.9

15°

UPON REQUEST 45 90

56.5

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

40,0

1,600

140

1,400

120

1,200

100

30,0

80 60

20,0

10,0

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

Effective clamping force (kN)

50,0

160

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

60,0

1,000

Area not usable

0,800 0,600 0,400

0,200

0,000

0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

147

SR35.0 RPS

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND HYDRAULICALLY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

PILOT-OPERATED CHECK VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS M30x1.5

Ø35

M10

(6)

G 1/4”

227.5 EXTENDED

Taper 1:8

Ø11

Ø75.5 18

102.5

G 1/4”

8 35 R9

44 40

128

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø75

96 88

G 1/8” PRESSURE GAUGE PORT

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized • Valve block: Free machining steel Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 149 Clamping force diagram, see page 149

148

+0.2 0

Hydraulic supply: The hydraulically pilot-operated check valve that is mounted by O-rings directly to the cylinder head ensures that the pressure is maintained even in case of a supply pressure drop. As a special anti-extrusion O-ring is used for this purpose, the supply of other components is not affected at all when pressurizing the cylinder. A G1/8” port is provided for a pressure gauge that is directly connected with the cylinder chamber.

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

09/2019

SR35RPS SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.35

CLAMP ARM 03.35

CLAMP ARM 04.35 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

108

Taper 1:8

Ø35±0.05

1.6

22 17

3.2

Ø47

Ø47.5

15° 21.9 21.9 31 31 38 90 128

21.9 21.9

15°

UPON REQUEST 45 90

56.5

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

40,0

1,600

140

1,400

120

1,200

100

30,0

80 60

20,0

10,0

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

500

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

Effective clamping force (kN)

50,0

160

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

60,0

1,000

Area not usable

0,800 0,600 0,400

0,200

0,000

0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

149

SR45.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

52.4

42.4

M12

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

OIL

1.6

M40x1.5 Ø6

Ø91

(9)

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M12x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø9.12x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

110

Ø72

Ø13

139

299 EXTENDED

Ø45

MOUNTING HOLE

Taper 1:8

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 154 Clamping force diagram, see page 154

Ø90

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 50

44°

STROKE mm

G1/ 4

”

100

123

150

3 R7

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

B TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

17.3

33.2

88.2

169.3

09/2019

SR45.0 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

56.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

52.4

42.4

M12

AIR AIR

1.6

B Ø3

DIN913 M8x40 DIN912 M6x16

MOUNTING HOLE

Ø91

Ø3

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows:

E F

1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve.

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 BAR through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). G1/4’’

B ° 90

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

151

SR45.0 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

52.4

42.4

M12

1.6

M40x1.5 OIL

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Ø6 51 (9)

Ø72

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M12x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø9.12x3.53 Material:

148

250

300 EXTENDED

Ø45

Taper 1:8

• Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 154 Clamping force diagram, see page 154

Ø90

Ø13 VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 50

44° G1/ 4”

100

123

152

3 R7

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

B TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

17.3

33.2

88.2

169.3

09/2019

SR45.0 PDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

56.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

52.4

42.4

G 1/8”

DIN913 M8x40

A DIN912 M6x16

M12

1.6

C H

AIR

Ø4.8

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3.68x1.78 E G 1/8”

G1/4’’

B ° 90

Maximum rotation of plate A

09/2019

153

SR45 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.45

CLAMP ARM 03.45

CLAMP ARM 04.45 FOR CYLINDERS WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

122

Ø55 3.2

35 25

8 62 92

30 23

Taper 1:8

Ø45±0.05

1.6

20°

R46

27.9 27.9 80

Ø59

UPON REQUEST

27.9 27.9 39.5 39.5 110 46 156

56.5 68

110

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

70,0

250

1,200

200

50,0 150

40,0 30,0

100

20,0

10,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

1,000 Torque of inertia (kgm2)

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

60,0

Area not usable 0,800

0,600

0,400

0,200

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 154

09/2019

SPECIALS DESIGNS

09/2019

155

COMPATIBLE SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

156

09/2019

THREE-BALL ROTATION

ALLOYED STEEL GUIDING PINS OF LARGE DIAMETER

For applications where the unique COMPENSATION SYSTEM with uncompromising angular accuracy cannot be installed, Hydroblock offers a rototranslation system with three balls arranged at an angle of 120° designed to enhance the mechanical resistance of the system and to keep the inevitable angular clearance within minimum tolerances. Thanks to the force distribution along three rotation paths positioned over a large diameter, the rototranslational clearance is maintained in the long run. Although the cylinders will inevitably feature an increasing angular clearance cycle by cycle, this process will take longer with the three-roll system than with solutions based on two balls. ATTENTION: ONLY the Hydroblock COMPENSATION SYSTEM can guarantee maximum angular repositioning accuracy! When you are faced with extremely challenging mechanical machining tolerances, our high-precision COMPENSATION SYSTEM is a must: in this case you simply have to opt for cylinders that are equipped with this unique feature!

120°

3B TH ALL CL E A S T O AN EAR NGU LI M L A D W NC AR IT EA E R

ROTATION BASED ON TWO NON-COMPENSATED BALLS

09/2019

ALLOYED STEEL GUIDING PINS OF LARGE DIAMETER

BALLS WITH LARGE DIAMETER TO LIMIT WEAR

For applications where – for space reasons - neither the unique COMPENSATION SYSTEM for uncompromising angular accuracy nor the rototranslation system with three balls arranged at an angle of 120° can be installed, we offer the conventional 2-roll rotation system. The two balls arranged over a large diameter will enhance high mechanical reliability in the long run and thus improve the rototranslation clearance for a prolonged period a time. As the cylinders will inevitably feature an increasing angular clearance cycle by cycle, we recommend limiting the swinging speed of the cylinder to a minimum value. ATTENTION: ONLY the Hydroblock COMPENSATION SYSTEM can guarantee maximum angular repositioning accuracy! When you are faced with extremely challenging mechanical machining tolerances, our high-precision COMPENSATION SYSTEM is a must: in this case you simply have to opt for cylinders that are equipped with this unique feature!

157

COMPATIBLE SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE The table below shows the constant values (AรทG) of the swing clamp cylinder series that is compatible with competitor cylinders.

SR10 SR20 SR10 SR20 FD/PD FD/PD FS/PS FS/PS CD CDB

SR20 CS

SR20 CD

SR32

SR40

SR50

132,6

56,8

99,0

22,1

14,2

8,7

1,260

0,292

0,293

0,097

0,051

0,029

140

220

510

998

1980

6130

7950

21780

11280

14130

17160

58,22

40,91

64,36

49,56

51,27

57,02

Example 1:

Double-acting swing clamp cylinder: SR20.0 FD Clamp arm length: l = 90 Maximum admissible clamping force:

R h

Fadm = C = 140 = 1,5 [kN] l 90 Maximum admissible operating pressure:

padm = D + E = 7950 + 40,91 = 129 [bar] l 90

Example 2: Single-acting swing clamp cylinder: SR10.0 FS Clamp arm length: l = 50 Maximum admissible clamping force:

Fadm = C = 46 = 0,92 l 50

[kN]

Maximum admissible operating pressure:

padm = D + E + G = 6130 + 58,22 + 20 = 200,8 [bar] l 50

158

09/2019

PRESSURE/CLAMPING FORCE

DIAGRAMS

COMPATIBLE SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS The diagram below shows the performance of the SR compatible double-acting swing clamp cylinders as a function of the operating pressure.

F - Effective clamping force (kN)

SR32

SR20

SR10

P - Operating pressure (bar)

The diagram shows the effective clamping force “F” as a function of the operating pressure “P” and the recommended maximum clamping arm length “L”

09/2019

159

SR10.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

1.6

OIL

Ø5 MAX

Taper 1:10

Ø10

Ø27.5

+0.1 - 0.1

40 22

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.75x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

108.5 EXTENDED

G1/8”

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 163 Clamping force diagram, see page 163

M27x1.5

18 4x45° 24

50 54

160

Ø5.5

B STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

0.75

1.54

1.2

2.5

09/2019

SR10.0 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION 23

AIR

Ø2 MAX

1.6

D H No

Ø27.5

+0.1 - 0.1

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø3X1

4 STROKE

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows:

1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve. 3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 bar through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E). 4) Screw in the set-screw (B) with the workpiece being clamped until the air ﬂow is interrupted. Then tighten the screw by another 2÷4 rotations (*) and lock the screw by means of the nut (C). The pressure switch indicates that the pneumatic circuit is closed and enables the machine cycle start. * (The additional 2÷4 rotations are required to compensate thickness variations caused by rough surfaces.) 23

09/2019

Note: After the adjustment, the tip of the setscrew (B) must not project beyond the lower end of the clamp arm (level H).

161

SR10.0 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

Taper 1:10

108.5 EXTENDED

Ø10

1.6

OIL

Ø5 MAX

M27x1.5

B A

Ø5 MAX

91 3

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 163 Clamping force diagram, see page 163

G 1/8”

A A

G 1/8”

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

162

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

0.75

1.54

1.2

2.5

09/2019

SR10 FD/PD/CD SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMP ARM 01.10

CLAMP ARM 04.10

1.6

Ø10 -0.1

1.6

Taper 1:10

Taper 1:10 0

Ø10 -0.1

R 23

R10

Material: C45

Effective clamping force / Swing times

2,5

100

0,010

0,008

70 60

1,5

50 1,0

30 20

0,5

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

2,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

Area not usable 0,006

0,004

0,002

10 0,0 0

0 50

100 150 200 250 300 350 Operating pressure (bar)

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. 09/2019

163

SR10.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

M28x1.5

16 MIN

Ø3

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

Effective height tolerance

Ø6

58.5

70.5

31.9

1.5

14.5

120°

32.5

12.5

Ø10

Ø25 H7

Ø3

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

A 1.6

59 MIN

Taper 1:10

36 MIN

1.6

TO BE OBSERVED

: Clamping

Included in the scope of supply:

# • Sealing ring Ø28xØ34x1.5 Ø23.5

Ø25

M28x1.5 Ø34

ATTENTION: Owing to the sealing ring at the top of the cylinder, this cylinder can be repositioned several times without the sealing face at the front of the fixture being damaged. Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

= =

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 163 Clamping force diagram, see page 163

STROKE mm

164

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

0.75

1.54

1.2

2.5

09/2019

SR10.0 CDZ

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND MOUNTING FLANGE : Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

20 +0.5 0

Ø3

Ø33 H8

Ø25

Ø3

1.6

7 30 MIN 12

Taper 1:10

Ø35 H8

0°

1x3

Ø10.5

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

Ø6

48.5

Ø10

42.5

Ø6.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized • Mounting ﬂange: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

Ø23.5 Ø33

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 163 Clamping force diagram, see page 163

Ø35

= =

57°

10.5

= =

Ø3

STROKE mm

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

0.75

1.54

1.2

2.5

24 60

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

165

SR10.26 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS M28x1.5

60.5 43

Ø10

Effective height tolerance H7

Ø24.8

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

1.6

Ø25 H7

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

16 MIN

Ø3

18 MIN

26 MAX

44 MIN

Ø3

Taper 1:10

A 20

+0.1 -0.3

1.6

◊

Ø6

1.5

14.5

◊ Piston contact surface

67.5

PISTON RETRACTED

Ø23.5 Ø25 M28x1.5

Ø34

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø28xØ34x1.5

STROKE mm

166

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

0.75

1.54

09/2019

SR10.26 CDZ

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER IN WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND MOUNTING FLANGE : Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø25 H7

Effective height tolerance H7

Ø24.8

Ø10.5

76.5

Ø6

1.6

Ø6

30 MIN

+0.1

53 -0.3

0°

Taper 1:10

Ø35 H8 1.6

1x3

2x2

0°

◊

Ø6

Ø10

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

◊

Ø23.5

PISTON RETRACTED

Piston contact surface

51.5

Ø6.5

Ø25

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 163 Clamping force diagram, see page 163

Ø35

57°

10.5

8 Ø3

STROKE mm 24

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

0.75

1.54

167

SR10.0 FS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS 22

A 17

1.6 12

OIL

Ø5 MAX

B Taper 1:10

Ø27.5

8 8

A 22

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

108.5 EXTENDED

Ø10

G1/8”

+0.1 -0.1

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.75x1.78 • Sintered filter Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

M27x1.5

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 171 Clamping force diagram, see page 171

4x45° 24

50 54

168

Ø5.5

B STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

0.75

1.2

09/2019

SR10.0 PS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Taper 1:10

1.6 Ø10

Ø5 MAX

108.5 EXTENDED

Ø5 MAX

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

M27x1.5

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 171 Clamping force diagram, see page 171

G1/8”

B STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

0.75

1.2

169

SR10.0 CS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS TO BE OBSERVED

M28x1.5

Taper 1:10

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø6

In order to ensure correct cylinder operation in the long run, the vent hole must be provided with a vent pipe leading into an area that is free from ﬂuids and chips.

31.5

1.5

Included in the scope of supply:

58.5

70.5

14.5

Ø10

32.5

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

Effective height tolerance H7

120°

16 MIN

1.6

Ø3

Ø25 H7

Ø3

36 MIN

59 MIN

1.6

# • Sealing ring Ø28xØ34x1.5

ATTENTION: Owing to the sealing ring at the top of the cylinder, this cylinder can be repositioned several times without the sealing face at the front of the fixture being damaged. Ø23.5

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

Ø25

M28x1.5

= =

Ø34

170

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 171 Clamping force diagram, see page 171

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

0.75

1.2

09/2019

SR10 FS/PS/CS SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE

Effective clamping force/Swing times

2,5

140

0,010

1,5

100 80 60

1,0

0,5

40 20

0,0 0

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 Operating pressure (bar)

09/2019

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

0,008

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

120 2,0

Area not usable 0,006

0,004

0,002

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

171

SR20.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M18x1.5

18 (4.5)

OIL

Ø4.8 MAX

33.5

1.6

Ø45

+0.2 -0

48.5

127.5 EXTENDED

Ø38

M6 15

Ø20

Taper 1:10

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

M45x1.5 VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 26.5

26.5

Overload clutch as standard equipment

= =

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 182 Clamping force diagram, see page 182

B 6

172

G 1/4”

= =

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.76

4.9

3.2

8.8

09/2019

SR20.59 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

M18x1.5

OIL (4.5) 14

33.5 89.5

Ø45

26.5

Overload clutch as standard equipment

26.5

28 30

G1/4”

6. 6

A 50

+0.2 -0

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø38

Ø44.8

09/2019

1.6

Ø20

97 208.5 EXTENDED

Taper 1:10

Cylinder with COMPENSATION SYSTEM Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 182 Clamping force diagram, see page 182

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.76

4.9

10.4

28.9

173

SR20.1 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION 15.5

15.5

B B

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

A 1.6

M18x1.5 M6

Taper 1:10

Ø4 MAX 18

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x35 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.07x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

G1/8”

M45x1.5

11.5

G1/8”

= 30

= =

STROKE mm

= = =

174

Overload clutch as standard equipment Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 182 Clamping force diagram, see page 182

Ø6.5

OIL

(4.5)

Ø38

61.5

106

129 EXTENDED

Ø20

Ø4 MAX OIL

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.76

4.9

3.2

8.8

65 73

09/2019

SR20.0 CDB

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

M45x1.5

Ø45.5

(19.8)

Ø5

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

20°

Taper 1:10

Ø44

1.6

Ø5

M18x1.5

51 MIN

: Unclamping

3x15°

10.5

: Clamping

3.5

Ø42 H7

(4)

Ø38

112

117 EXTENDED

Ø20

M45x1.5

B Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

Ø24 Ø42 f7

Overload clutch as standard equipment Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 182 Clamping force diagram, see page 182

09/2019

Ø5 2

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.76

4.9

3.2

8.8

175

SR20.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR : Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø32 H7

Taper 1:10

Ø2 MAX

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

118°

1.6

M30x1.5

Ø6

Ø28.5

Ø20

Debur and round off any edges

Ø33

112 EXTENDED

Ø6

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

M30x1.5

Overload clutch as standard equipment

Ø28

== 6

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 182 Clamping force diagram, see page 183

176

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.01

4.15

1.4

5.8

09/2019

SR20.0 CS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR : Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø32 H7

1.6 M30x1.5

Ø2 MAX

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

1.6

M18x1.5 Taper 1:10

Ø28.5

Ø6

118°

Ø6

Ø20

Ø33

132 EXTENDED

* **

Ø32

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

In order to ensure correct cylinder operation in the long run, the vent hole must be provided with a vent pipe leading into an area that is free from ﬂuids and chips. Debur and round off any edges

M30x1.5 Ø28

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Ø27.5

Overload clutch as standard equipment

= = 6

= =

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 182 Clamping force diagram, see page 183

09/2019

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

1.01

1.4

177

SR20.0 FS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M18x1.5

Taper 1:10

OIL

8 Ø20

Ø4.8 MAX

(4.5)

33.5

Ø38

+0.2 -0

Ø45

48.5

127.5 EXTENDED

1.6

* M45x1.5

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 26.5

26.5

= =

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 • Sintered filter Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Overload clutch as standard equipment

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 182 Clamping force diagram, see page 182

178

G 1/4”

B STROKE mm

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

1.76

3.2

09/2019

SR20.1 PS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION 15.5

15.5

A B METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

* 15

M18x1.5

Ø4 MAX

(4.5)

Ø38

61.5

M45x1.5

11.5

G1/8”

= =

Overload clutch as standard equipment

STROKE mm

= =

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 182 Clamping force diagram, see page 182

Ø6.5

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

= = 65

= = 69

09/2019

Ø4 MAX

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x35 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.07x1.78 • Sintered filter Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

G1/8”

106

129 EXTENDED

Ø20

Taper 1:10

A 1.6

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

1.76

3.2

179

SR20.20 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION 15.5

15.5

1.6 15

Ø4 MAX

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M18x1.5

OPTIMIZED 3-BALL-ROTATION AND REINFORCED RETURN SPRING: This swing clamp cylinder has been designed with a new 3-ball guiding system, the balls of which are arranged over a large diameter at an angle of 120° each. This solution enhances the mechanical resistance of the cylinder and makes it suitable for long operating times under extreme conditions, e.g. with clamp arms of high inertia. Thanks to the force distribution along three rotation paths positioned over a large diameter, the narrow rototranslational clearance is maintained in the long run. In addition, the cylinder has been equipped with a reinforced return spring system combined with a bearing to facilitate operation. This solution ensures reliable re-opening even with heavy clamp arms. The installation dimensions remained unchanged and correspond to the SR20.1 PS model, i.e. only the height of the open/closed clamp arm has been increased by some millimetres. Provided with an adequate clamp arm profile, these swing clamp cylinders are interchangeable.

Ø38

(6.5)

83.5

+0.1 0

16 131.5

Ø20

G 1/8”

Ø45

11.5

G 1/8”

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 182 Clamping force diagram, see page 182

Ø6.5

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

STROKE mm 45

Ø4 MAX OIL

OIL

Taper 1:10

154.5 EXTENDED

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

50 65

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.76

4.9

3.5

9.8

180

09/2019

SR20.20 PS

SINGLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION 15.5

15.5

* 15

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

A 1.6

M18x1.5 Ø4 MAX

Ø4 MAX

Taper 1:10

Ø38

(6.5)

+0.1 0

Ø20

G 1/8”

Ø45

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 182 Clamping force diagram, see page 182

11.5

G 1/8”

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

83.5

131.5

154.5 EXTENDED

Ø6.5

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

50 65

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

1.76

3.5

09/2019

181

SR20 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE Effective clamping force SR20 FS/PS 8,0

7,0

140

7,0

6,0

120

5,0

100

4,0

3,0

2,0

1,0

100

200

300

400

F* 6,0 5,0 4,0

100

3,0 2,0

L 0

0,0

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

200

150

1,0

0,0

250

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

160

Effective clamping force (kN)

8,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

SR20 FD/PD/CDB

100

200

300

400

500

Operating pressure (bar)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. CLAMP ARM 01.20

CLAMP ARM 03.20 Ø66

41.5

1.6

3.2

Ø23.5

Taper 1:10 7.5

Ø20±0.05

= =

28 63

5x45°

10°

= =

10°

5x45°

Ø34

UPON REQUEST

= =

Material: C45

182

09/2019

SR20 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES • EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE Effective clamping force SR20 CS 180

4,5

200

4,5

160

4,0

180

140

3,5

120

3,0

100

2,5 80 2,0

1,5

1,0 0,5 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

160 140

3,0

120

2,5

100

2,0

1,5

0,5

0,0

80 60

1,0

500

3,5

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

4,0

Effective clamping force (kN)

5,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

Effective clamping force (kN)

SR20 CD

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04. Swing times SR20 0,060

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

0,050 Area not usable

0,040

0,030

0,020

0,010

0,000 0 0,2

0,5

1,5

Swing time 90° (s)

09/2019

183

SR32.22 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR : Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

1x30° MAX

Ø5 MAX

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M28x1.5

OIL

Taper 1:10 45 27

11 11

(6)

+0.1 - 0.1

Ø60

A Ø32

149 EXTENDED

38 31

Ø9

Ø59.5 - 0.1

Cylinder with COMPENSATION SYSTEM

G 1/8”

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 189 Clamping force diagram, see page 188

27 87

184

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.52

12.56

27.6

09/2019

SR32.22 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE : Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

Ø2 AIR

1x30° MAX

DIN913 M5x20

DIN912 M4x12 B

C D

+0.1 - 0.1

Ø60

H No E G1/8”

B 47

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø2.90x1.78

G 1/8”

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 bar through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

B 32

09/2019

185

SR32.35 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR : Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

20 M28x1.5

OIL

M8 Ø5 MAX

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

MAX

1x30°

Taper 1:10 45 27

11 11

48 107

Ø32

+0.1 - 0.1

Ø60

(5)

174 EXTENDED

Ø9

Ø59.5 - 0.1

G 1/8”

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 189 Clamping force diagram, see page 188

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

186

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.52

12.56

15.8

09/2019

SR32.35 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE : Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

Ø2

AIR

1x30° MAX

A DIN913 M5X20

DIN912 M4X12

B C

A +0.1 - 0.1

Ø60

E G1/8”

B 47

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø2.90x1.78 Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows:

1) Pressurize the cylinder to move the clamping arm into clamping position. 2) Adjust the plate (A) to the exact radial position to ensure that the set-screw (B) is in line with the valve.

G1/8”

3) Supply the circuit with air at 1÷6 bar through the port (F). The valve bolt (D) is completely extended and air escapes from the bore (E).

09/2019

187

SR32.22 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS SR32.22 PD / SR32.35 PD

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M28x1.5

1.6

Taper 1:10 20

Ø5

G 1/4” 11

M60x1.5

Effective clamping force (kN)

4 92.5

70.5

Ø47

18,0

250

16,0 14,0 12,0

150

10,0 8,0

100

6,0 4,0

Ø8

300

400

0,900 0,800 0,700

NOTE: Please specify in your order whether the ﬂange connections with O-ring (O at the end of the order no.) or the G1/4” ports (P at the end of the order no.) will be used. See page 50. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x35 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.02x2.62

Area not usable

0,600 0,500 0,400 0,300 0,100 0,000

188

200

the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04.

100

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using

95 5

0 500

0,0 Operating pressure (bar)

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

2,0 0

200

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

(5)

148.5 EXTENDED 119.5

Ø32

OIL

0,2

0,5

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

1 1,5 Swing time 90° (s)

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.52

12.56

27.6

09/2019

SR32.35 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

CLAMP ARM 01.32 Ø34 M4

M28x1.5

1.6

Taper 1:10

3.2

Taper 1:10

17.7

10°

17.7

22 (5)

Ø47

17.7

83.5

28.5 118.5

G 1/4”

CLAMP ARM 04.32 11

M60x1.5

105.5

174.5 EXTENDED

Ø32

145.5

R2 10°

Ø32±0.05

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

26°

14.1

Ø8

.2 90°

28.9 90

39.1

Material: C45 NOTE: Please specify in your order whether the ﬂange connections with O-ring (O at the end of the order no.) or the G1/4” ports (P at the end of the order no.) will be used. See page 50. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x35 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.02x2.62

09/2019

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.52

12.56

15.8

189

SR40.61 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

1.6 Ø5 M10

OIL

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M35x1.5 40

Taper 1:10 +0.5 0

65 61

11 50 105

Ø40 37

Ø59.5 (6)

CLAMP ARM 01.40

Ø46 5

242.1 EXTENDED

Ø80

3.2 1.6

103.1

Ø11

Ø40±0.05

12x45°

Taper 1:10

10° 27.5

= =

30 140

27.5 110

G 1/4”

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x35 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings 4036 Ø9.12x3.53 Note: Order code, see page 50

190

110

= =

12x45°

10°

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

Ø79.8

Material: C45

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

7.06

19.63

43.1

119.7

09/2019

SR40.36 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M35x1.5

Taper 1:10 OIL

Ø5

G 1/4” 31

100

5,0

0,0

100

200

300

0 500

400

0,700 0,600

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M12x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø9.12x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

Area not usable

0,500 0,400 0,300 0,200 0,100 0,000

09/2019

150

10,0

the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04.

Note: Order code, see page 50

200

15,0

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using

250

20,0

Operating pressure (bar)

110 5 Ø1 3.

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

300

25,0

350

30,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

95 117

M80x2

Effective clamping force (kN)

(5) Ø59.5 158

192 EXTENDED

Ø40

M12

0,2

0,5

1 1,5 Swing time 90° (s)

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

7.06

19.63

25.4

70.7

191

SR50.37 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

= =

1.6 30

A METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Ø8 MAX

M12

OIL

M45x1.5

Taper 1:10

+0.2

(7)

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) Ø89.8

55 125

B G 1/4”

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M12x35 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø10.78x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Cylinder with COMPENSATION SYSTEM

MOUNTING HOLE

82 86

208 EXTENDED

Ø50

Ø90.3 - 0

Note: Order code, see page 50 Clamp arms, see page 195 Clamping force diagram, see page 194

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

11.54

31.17

42.7

115.3

129

192

09/2019

SR50.37 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

51 E

G 1/8”

Ø4 MAX

M12

AIR

DIN913 M8x40

DIN912 M5x16

15.6

C +0.2

Ø90.3 - 0

H No D

MOUNTING HOLE

Valve adjustment: To adjust the clamp arm position control valve, please proceed as follows: F

B 54.

09/2019

193

SR50.37 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS SR50.37 PD/ SR50.62 PD

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) M45x1.5

Taper 1:10 30

Ø6

Ø72

102

G 1/4”

124

M90x2

37.5

Effective clamping force (kN)

(7)

45,0

300

40,0

250

35,0

30,0

200

25,0

150

20,0 15,0

100

10,0

5,0 0,0

100

200

300

0 500

400

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

37.5

Ø50

168

208 EXTENDED

OIL

M14

Operating pressure (bar)

* = The effective clamping force F in the above diagram was determined using the standard clamp arms of type 01 and 04.

115

Cylinder with COMPENSATION SYSTEM Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M14x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø10.78x2.62 Note: Order code, see page 50

194

Torque of inertia (kgm2)

125

2,000 1,800 1,600 1,400 1,200 1,000 0,800 0,600 0,400 0,200 0,000

Area not usable

0,2

0,5

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

1 1,5 Swing time 90° (s)

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

11.54

31.17

42.7

115.3

09/2019

SR50.62 PD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDER WITH LOWER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

CLAMP ARM 01.50

1.6

M45x1.5

3.2

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Ø56

Taper 1:10

27.9

(5)

27.9

R45

Ø72

27.9

218

27.9

129

39.5

137

45 182

G 1/4”

CLAMP ARM 04.50 11

M90x2

37.5

151

258 EXTENDED

Ø50

Ø50±0.05

125 5

115

19 20.4°

54.

137

51 66.3

Material: C45

Cylinder with COMPENSATION SYSTEM Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M14x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø10.78x2.62 Note: Order code, see page 50

09/2019

STROKE mm TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

11.54

31.17

71.5

193.2

195

SRA

SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

196

09/2019

SRA

SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS CYLINDER TYPE

SRA16

SRA20

Upper flange

Yes

Lower flange

upon request

Metal wiper

Yes

VRF ﬂow control valve (option)

Single-acting version

Max. operating pressure (bar)

250

Clamping force at 100 bar using the standard “Type 01” clamping arm with “L” length (kN)

0.85

1.4

“L” clamping arm length (mm)

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

Swinging stroke (mm)

Clamping stroke (mm)

Piston clamping area (cm2)

1.13

1.38

Piston unclamping area (cm2)

3.14

4.52

Clamping oil volume (cm3)

2.3

Unclamping oil volume (cm3)

6.3

9.9

CYLINDER BODY TYPE

Cartridge

09/2019

197

GENERAL INFORMATION ON SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

SRA SERIES

Use of sra swing clamp cylinders: These self-adjusting swing clamp cylinders are designed for clamping workpieces or components that are already fixed and aligned on corresponding reference levels or points.

For conventional applications comprising more than three clamping points, work supports with a clamping cylinder arranged above are used: once the workpiece is fixed in the three clamping points, the work support approaches the workpiece until it is in contact. The approach motion is carried out at a defined force to ensure that the bolt overcomes the friction resistance and is extended. Subsequently, the clamping cylinder (equipped with a swinging arm as in the example or with a lever) clamps the workpiece being machined “against” the work support.

delta = Deformation of the machined workpiece produced by the thrust force of the work support

delta

Fc = Thrust on the workpiece (contact force) Fs = Supporting force Fb = Clamping force # = Workpiece planarity

ERRORE

However, this clamping concept involves several critical points: • First of all, the work support exerts a THRUST FORCE (Fc) on the machined workpiece causing a more or less pronounced deformation of the workpiece geometry depending on the elasticity of the workpiece and the work support size (the larger the work support, the higher the thrust force producing the workpiece deformation). • When the workpiece is then clamped by the clamping force (Fb) exerted by the clamping cylinder on the work support, this partly reduces the supporting force (Fs) that is available to compensate the thrust of the tools and the vibrations. • When the work support is in contact with the workpiece at a point exhibiting a burr or chip from the previous machining cycle (instable conditions due to the fact that the contact force is limited to avoid workpiece deformations), the force exerted by the cylinder clamp arm during the clamping process produces a deformation that corresponds to the effect produced by the burr or chip.

ERROR = Erroneously cut material due to the workpiece deformation With the “conventional” application of work support/clamping cylinder, the cylinder force counteracts the supporting force of the work support, which affects the force available for compensating the thrust produced by the tools. In case of SRA swing clamp cylinders, the supporting force is independent of the cylinder clamping force: the complete supporting force can thus be used for vibration dampening and for compensating the tool thrust. This gives better cutting parameters and improved machining quality. SRA swing clamp cylinders do not only replace the conventional work support/clamp cylinder combination, but allow the deformation that is usually caused by more than three clamping points to be almost completely eliminated. Using the optional SETTING SYSTEM available for the SRA series, the contact force exerted on the workpiece being machined can be adjusted, so that any WORKPIECE DEFORMATION is almost AVOIDED even with minimum thicknesses and ﬂexible materials. With the SRA swing clamp cylinder, the entire clamping force of the cylinder is used for holding the machined workpiece. This is why a simple burr or chip between work support and workpiece will not affect the workpiece machining height and the machined workpiece is perfectly even and within the specified tolerance limits.

198

09/2019

PATENT-REGISTERED SRA CYLINDERS Double-acting swing clamp cylinders with integrated work support of the SRA series have been developed for clamping points that can hardly be reached by the conventional combination of cylinder and separate hydraulic work support. Their special mechanical design minimizes the contact force exerted by the cylinder on the workpiece. Depending on the application, this force ranges between 50 and 250N. Minimal forces acting on the workpiece are produced with horizontal cylinder application. No force at all is exerted by the clamp arm on the work support. A reliably high supporting force is thus available to absorb the thrust forces of the tools generated during the machining process. A precise control of the hydraulic system minimizes workpiece deformation. To ensure smooth running and minimal deformation of the machined workpiece, the SR self-adjusting swing clamp cylinders with integrated work support are not equipped with the HYDROBLOCK compensation system. Bores in the clamp arm and in the cylinder counterpart are suﬃcient to precisely guide the clamp arm and to ensure that is reaches the correct clamping point without any cost-intensive accessory equipment being required.

SUPPLY: To ensure smooth operation of the SR self-adjusting swing clamp cylinders, the supply flow must be controlled to values below the maximum admissible flow rate. Excessively high flow rates will affect the operation of the clamp arm and the work support, i.e. they will be blocked before having reached the maximum stability. The clamp arm is thus approached too fast and causes higher workpiece deformation.

ATTENTION: In view of the area ratio of 1:2.8/1:3.3 of SRA cylinders, the unblocking conditions of the check valves, if any, must be taken into consideration. Failure to observe this instruction may cause dangerous overpressure in the hydraulic line.

AERATION

AERATION:

09/2019

The pressure in the cylinder chambers increases during operation. If no sufficient aeration is ensured, fluids, dust and chips could be sucked in. To ensure proper operation of the SRA cylinders, the pneumatic line must be free and efficiently protected against the penetration of fluids, contaminant and chips.

199

UNCLAMPING CYCLE

SRA SWING CLAMP CYLINDER The workpiece to be machined is placed at three properly arranged fixed reference points in the fixture, the clamp cylinders 1,2 and 3 are actuated and the workpiece is clamped in its position. At this point, the workpiece is clamped, but cannot be properly machined as substantial parts of it project from the clamping triangle.

In this case, an adequately dimensioned work support is obviously necessary in order to withstand the combined thrust force generated by the clamp cylinder and the machining tools. Thanks to the SRA self-adjusting swing clamp cylinder, more stable clamping is achieved at these points as the cylinder clamping force is no longer exerted on the work support, but exclusively on the workpiece being machined.

In order to machine the workpiece with the specified tolerances in terms of surface finishing and dimensions and at an optimum cutting speed, it must be clamped in additional points to withstand the thrust forces generated by the tools.

This means that the work support (in the clamp position adjusted by the self-adjusting system) must only compensate the vibrations and thrust forces produced by the tools, which results in enormous benefits in terms of stability under load as compared to standard applications.

These additional clamping points have usually been implemented by the use of a work support below the workpiece and a clamp cylinder acting on the workpiece and the work support. 1 - 2 - 3 = fixed reference points 4 = SRA supporting and clamping points

4 3

200

The upper and lower clamp arms of SRA self-adjusting swing clamp cylinders are installed in precise cones to ensure that they can be independently aligned relative to the workpiece, regardless of the orientation of the cylinder body. The installation position of the cylinder body can thus be freely selected considering the specific mounting conditions and the arrangement of hydraulic supply lines. The ďŹ&#x201A;exible orientation of the clamp arms to the clamping points on the workpiece ensures correct clamping even when less complex and more costeffective clamp arms are used. Note: When mounting the (upper and lower) clamp arms, the general mounting instructions for swing clamp cylinders with mechanical guiding system and without safety coupling must be observed.

09/2019

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS OF THE

SRA SERIES

QM = Height of the lower arm CA = Stroke for adjustment to the workpiece QP = Positioning height lower workpiece level

CLAMPING CYCLE WITH TWO SUPPLY LINES

Cylinder/ﬁxture INTERFACE

VSQM

Lower workpiece level

( ½CA )

Upper workpiece level

Adjustment stroke

P = Clamping of clamp arm + sleeve T = Unclamping the sleeve

1) Supply of the BS port: The upper swing clamp arm starts the approach motion and reaches the workpiece. 2) As soon as the upper arm touches the upper workpiece side, the lower clamp arm automatically moves towards the workpiece until it contacts the lower side of the workpiece. 3) By increasing the pressure, both arms clamp the blocked workpiece until the set pressure of the VSQM sequence valve is achieved (see figure). When the set pressure is reached, the valve will open and supply the BB connection, so that the cylinder is fixed in the self-adjusted position on the workpiece.

CLAMPING CYCLE WITH THREE SUPPLY LINES

ATTENTION! In order to place the workpiece at the correct machining height for selfadjusting swing clamp cylinders, a minimum height during the approach of the lower arm MUST always be observed. This can be achieved by adjusting the lower workpiece level in an intermediate position within the CA “adjustment stroke” of the cylinder. In the unclamping/opening phase, the upper arm (swing arm) and the lower arm (following the CA adjustment stroke) of self-adjusting swing clamp cylinders ALWAYS move to the limit stops. To determine the correct height of the lower workpiece level, just place the lower work piece level at QP = QM + ½ x CA, Using the SRA16FD swing clamp cylinder as an the example: 44,4 + ½ x 4 = 46,4 mm Provided the lower workpiece level is placed at this height, the SRA swing clamp cylinders will automatically compensate any dimensional deviation of the lower side of the machined workpiece up to max +/- ½CA.

09/2019

P1 = Clamp arm clamping P2 = Sleeve clamping T1 = Clamp arm unclamping

1) Supply of the BS port: The upper swing clamp arm starts the approach motion and reaches the workpiece. 2) As soon as the upper arm touches the upper workpiece side, the lower clamp arm automatically moves towards the workpiece until it contacts the lower side of the workpiece. The pressure increases until the specified clamping pressure is reached. 3) As soon as the clamping pressure is achieved at the BS port, the BB port is supplied and the cylinder is blocked on the workpiece in the self-adjusted position. Note: If three independent supply lines are used, MAKE SURE that the SS port is supplied only on condition that the BB port is RELIEVED. When the SS port is supplied while the BB port is still pressurized, there is the risk of damage to the internal parts of the swing clamp cylinder!

201

CLAMPING CYCLE

SRA SWING CLAMP CYLINDER

SRA SWING CLAMP CYLINDER DURING CLAMPING: BS pressurized and BB supplied. 1) Swing arm in contact with the workpiece. 2) Lower arm reaches the workpiece. 3) Final clamping in the automatically adjusted position.

44.4

(2)

SRA SWING CLAMP CYLINDER DURING CLAMPING: BS supplied. 1) Swing arm in contact with the workpiece. 2) Lower arm starts to approach the workpiece.

46.4

44.4

Cylinder/ďŹ xture INTERFACE

(2)

44.4

Lower workpiece level

(2)

Upper workpiece level

SRA SWING CLAMP CYLINDER DURING CLAMPING: BS supplied. 1) Swing arm moves, the swinging motion is carried out and the vertical movement up to the contact with the workpiece is started. 2) Lower arm at the lower limit stop.

4 Adjustment stroke

SRA SWING CLAMP CYLINDER UNCLAMPED and open: SS supplied and BB relieved. 1) Swing arm at the upper limit stop. 2) Lower clamp arm at the limit stop in retracted position.

* = Lower workpiece level positioning height

202

09/2019

UNCLAMPING CYCLE

SRA SWING CLAMP CYLINDER

46.4

SRA SWING CLAMP CYLINDER DURING unclamping: BS supplied and BB relieved. 1) Swing arm in contact with the workpiece. 2) Lower arm in contact with the workpiece.

46.4

SRA SWING CLAMP CYLINDER clamped: BS pressurized and BB pressurized. 1) Swing arm in contact with the workpiece. 2) Lower arm in contact with the workpiece. 3) Final clamping in the automatically adjusted position

SRA SWING CLAMP CYLINDER DURING unclamping: SS supplied. 1) Swing arm moves vertically away from the workpiece. 2) Lower arm in stable contact with the workpiece.

SRA SWING CLAMP CYLINDER DURING unclamping: SS supplied. 1) Swing arm reaches the limit stop in the extended position. 2) Lower arm approaches the limit stop in the retracted position.

* = Lower workpiece level positioning height 09/2019

Cylinder/ďŹ xture INTERFACE

44.4

Lower workpiece level

(2)

46.4

Upper workpiece level

4 Note: If three independent supply lines are used, MAKE SURE that the SS port is supplied only on condition that the BB port is RELIEVED. When the SS port is supplied while the BB port is still pressurized, there is the risk of damage to the internal parts of the swing clamp cylinder!

203

SRA FDSV SELF-ADJUSTING

SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS BS

(if provided)

CLAMP ARM UNCLAMPING

UNCLAMPING FINAL (acquired position)

VSQ

BS CLAMP ARM CLAMPING

PNEUMATIC LINE

PNEUMATIC LINE (if provided)

MAX

MIN

HYDROBLOCK has always been committed to providing maximum product quality and unparalleled functionality considering the most varied operating conditions and the state-of-the-art in machining technology. The new SRA_FDS/SRA_FDSV swing clamp cylinders are the fruit of extensive technical know-how and the ambition to offer our customers compact and innovative products meeting the most challenging requirements in terms of reliability and safety for systems integrated into modern robotassisted plants. THE NEW SWING CLAMP CYLINDER STANDS OUT FOR: 1) Innovative swing mechanism of even higher resistance. 2) New pneumohydraulic concept for the positioning on the workpiece to be clamped.

204

3) Plus in safety during operation thanks to a double pneumatic signal for continuous monitoring of the clamp arm position (open or closed) relative to the workpiece. Machining of the clamped workpiece is thus performed with absolute safety and reliable robot-assisted unloading of the unclamped workpiece is ensured.

PNEUMATIC LINE The pneumatic line for monitoring the open cylinder position and controlling the pneumatic approach force signals the open cylinder state as soon as the line is closed. During the clamping process, this line acts on the internal pistons to facilitate releasing of the seals, to compensate the weight of the moving mechanical parts thus reducing the forces acting on the clamped workpiece and the resulting deformation.

09/2019

SRA20 FD SELF-ADJUSTING SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE CLAMPING FORCE CALCULATION

Effective clamping force:

p 71,4 + 0,0079 • l

≤ Fadm

[kN] l

Maximum admissible clamping force*:

Fadm = 90 l

[kN]

F h

Maximum admissible operating pressure:

padm = 6430 + 7,14 ≤ pmax l

l = Clamp arm length [mm]

[bar]

p = Pressure [bar] Supporting force S (KN)

SRA20FD

6.3

9.8

16.4

SRA20FDS

3.8

5.8

7.8

SRA16FDS

2.5

3.8

5.1

6.5

4,0

20 .0

3,0

A SR

Effective clamping force (kN)

3,5

2,5 40

2,0

0.0

1,5

SRA

16.0

1,0

0,5 0,0

Max. clamp arm length (mm)

100

150

200

250

0,0

Operating pressure (bar)

* After determination of the clamping arm length l, the maximum clamping force F must not exceed the indicated value.

09/2019

205

ORDER NUMBER CODE FOR SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

SRA SERIES

SRA XX.

10 16 20

0 V

FDS CDS

0 L R

0 45 90

0 M

0 P

O S

0: Version with POLYURETHANE seals V: Version with PTFE/FKM seals

L: Left-hand type clamp arm R: Right-hand type clamp arm 0-45-90: Swinging angle (in °) (other swinging angles upon request)

FDS:

M: Metal wiper to protect the main wiper against chips Version with upper flange, double-acting (if available, see catalogue) O: Version with flange connection and supply via O-ring P: Version with flange connection and supply via G1/8” threaded bores

S: Setting system to adjust the contact force exerted on the workpiece.

How to order SRA self-adjusting swing clamp cylinders (example)

SRA16.0FDSR90MOS SRA16 self-adjusting swing clamp cylinder with upper ﬂange (FDS), polyurethane seals (0), right-hand type clamp arm 90° (R90), equipped with metal wiper to protect the main wiper against chips (M), with ﬂange connection and O-ring supply (O) and system for setting the clamping force exerted on the workpiece.

206

09/2019

SRA16.0 FDS

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CYLINDER WITH INTEGRATED WORK SUPPORT, SELF-ADJUSTING, WITH UPPER FLANGE

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

BS : Clamp arm clamping INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

SS : Clamp arm unclamping

BB : Sleeve clamping 2

SS 1x30° MAX

G 1/8”

OIL

Ø4

BS(1+2)

Taper 1:8

+0.2 +0.1

Ø4

Ø16

Ø54

199.1 EXTENDED

178.5 EXTENDED SETTING RANGE 4

44.4

Ø54 -0.1 SETTING SYSTEM 68

Ø7

G 1/8”

ATTENTION! G1/8” threaded supply bores only available for SRA16.0FDSxxxP

Ø4

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.07x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized Note: Max. admissible ﬂow rate: 2,5 l/min Clamping force diagram, see page 205

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

G 1/8”

09/2019

BS Ø4

METAL WIPER STANDARD EQUIPMENT (4 – ADJUSTING STROKE) 30.1

MIN. WORKPIECE HEIGHT RELATED TO THE FIXTURE LEVEL

55 M6

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.13

3.14

2.3

6.3

207

SRA16 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES

CLAMP ARM 01.SRA16

1.6

3.2 15

3.2

Ø23

CLAMP ARM 07.SRA16

Taper 1:8

Ø16±0.05

= =

15°

= =

15°

Ø16±0.05

38.4

55.4

CLAMP ARM 11.SRA16

CLAMP ARM 12.SRA16

Ø43.6

3.2 Taper 1:8

0 -0.05

0 12-0.1

1.6

3.2

3.2 3.2

18 ==

1.6

12 -0.1

Ø32

Ø43.6

3.5 3.2

Taper 1:8

Ø32 -0.05

25.2 == 30° ==

50 == 36 == 28 == M5

25.2 = =

R25

60° = =

50 = = 13.4 = =

R25

38.4

25.6 64

29.4 55

Material: C45

208

09/2019

SRA20.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CYLINDER WITH INTEGRATED WORK SUPPORT, SELF-ADJUSTING, WITH UPPER FLANGE

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

BS : Clamp arm clamping INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

SS : Clamp arm unclamping

BB : Sleeve clamping

1x30° MAX 80

= =

OIL +0.2 +0.1

= =

BS(1+2)

Ø4 BS

Ø65

64 248.2 EXTENDED 4

SETTING SYSTEM

22 SETTING RANGE

123 3.4 Ø65

-0.05 -0.15

BB 233.6 EXTENDED

16 20 TOLERANCE h7

Ø65h7

Ø4

14 8

Ø20

Ø9

= =

BS 1.6

Taper 1:10

SS 21

Ø4

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.07x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized

= =

G 1/8”

Note: Max. admissible ﬂow rate: 2,5 l/min Clamping force diagram, see page205

G 1/8”

STROKE mm G 1/8”

09/2019

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST) (4 – Adjusting stroke) 28

MIN. WORKPIECE HEIGHT RELATED TO THE FIXTURE LEVEL

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.38

4.52

9.9

209

SRA20 SERIES

• ACCESSORIES

CLAMP ARM 01.SRA20

CLAMP ARM 07.SRA20

Ø26 3

Ø26

3.2 1.6

1.6

3.2

Taper 1:10

Ø20±0.05

5x45° 28

5x45°

10°

5x45°

Ø20±0.05

15 95

CLAMP ARM 11.SRA20 +0.5 0

+0.5 0

Taper 1:8

3.2 0 15 -0.1

3.2

1.6

= =

3.2

8 H7

22 = =

1.6

15 -0.1

3.2 10

Ø51

4.5 3.2

Ø51

CLAMP ARM 12.SRA20

+0.1

Taper 1:8

+0.1

Ø37.9 - 0.1

0 R3

10°

30 ==

60.8 == 32 == M6

60°

60.8

10°

40 80

Material: C45

210

09/2019

SRA20.0FDSV

MAX. PRESSURE = 250BAR

DOUBLE-ACTING SWING CYLINDER WITH INTEGRATED WORK SUPPORT, SELF-ADJUSTING, WITH UPPER FLANGE AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

BS : Clamp arm clamping INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

SS : Clamp arm unclamping

BB : Sleeve clamping 64

DEBUR AND ROUND OFF ANY EDGES

OIL M8

Ø20

VCS 4 Ø

Ø4

SS 21

Ø4

Ø63

+0.2 +0.1

215 EXTENDED

Ø63h7

BS(1+2)

Ø4 Ø4 MAX

VCA

Taper 1:10

11 -2

1x30° MAX

BB 4

Ø63

5.6

TOLERANCE h7

99.4

Ø AIR

G 1/8”

BB G 1/8”

BS G 1/8”

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

Options: The swing clamp cylinder is also available without VCS10/VCS13 clamp arm position or workpiece control valve. Order code SRA20.0FDS

09/2019

TOTAL

SWINGING

CLAMPING

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.38

4.52

9.9

211

CCA CENTRIC ELEMENT, SELF-ADJUSTING

212

09/2019

CLAMPING SEQUENCE OF THE SELF-ADJUSTING CENTRIC ELEMENT IN THE BORE (EXAMPLE) AXIAL ADJUSTMENT RANGE OF CCA CENTRIC ELEMENTS

USE OF CCA SELF-ADJUSTING CENTRIC ELEMENTS: Centric elements are used for axial clamping of workpieces that are already radially fixed by other positioning/clamping devices.

CCA INSTALLATION AXIS

Axial displacement of the mobile part of the centric element up to the correct position of the previously clamped workpiece.

The CCA element can adapt itself to the workpiece diameter (raw or machined), so that it rests on the workpiece without transmitting any undesired forces. Once in the correct position in the bore, the CCA centric element is blocked in axial direction, which ensures centred clamping on the workpiece to be machined. This solution enables precise and high-quality machining of hydraulic motors, frames, cylinder blocks and similar parts. Tool positioning (OFF AXIS)

Hydraulic actuation (START OF BOLT EXTENSION)

First workpiece contact (AGAINST CLAMPING POINT 2)

3 1

Extension up to the second contact (AGAINST CLAMPING POINT 3)

Extension up to the third contact (FIXING ON WORKPIECE)

4 1

Blocking in the adjusted position (FIXING ON WORKPIECE)

1 3

09/2019

213

CLAMPING SEQUENCE OF THE SELF-ADJUSTING CENTRIC ELEMENT IN SEVERAL BORES OF ALREADY CLAMPED WORKPIECES (EXAMPLE) 1) Workpiece positioning: The workpiece is placed at the reference points of the fixture, the first axial centring “1” is performed to fix the reference axis of the workpiece in “0.0” position.

Workpiece reference

0,0

2) Workpiece orientation: Subsequently, centring “2” is carried out to align the workpiece in order to ensure it is correctly placed and oriented.

Workpiece orientation

214

09/2019

CLAMPING SEQUENCE OF THE SELF-ADJUSTING CENTRIC ELEMENT IN SEVERAL BORES OF ALREADY CLAMPED WORKPIECES (EXAMPLE) 3) Workpiece clamping: The workpiece is now clamped in the fixture and each additional clamping element of conventional design would affect the machining quality and tolerances by deformation and destabilization.

3 3

Workpiece CLAMPING Workpiece CLAMPING

For clamping on the following axes without destabilizing or deforming the workpiece, HYDROBLOCK has developed a special clamping system that is automatically aligned to the bore in the workpiece (raw or machined) and fixed in its position without producing any undesired effects. This clamping system is designed to firmly clamp even complex workpieces in several axes or an already clamped workpiece in one axis.

09/2019

215

AVAILABLE CENTRIC ELEMENTS

CLAMPING FORCE

WORKING STROKE [mm]

100 bar [KN]

250 bar [KN]

36 - 40

CCA3640-3

39 - 43

CCA3943-3

42 - 46

CCA4246-3

45 - 49

CCA4549-3

48 - 52

CCA4852-3

51 - 55

CCA5155-3

54 - 59

CCA5459-3

58 - 63

CCA5863-3

62 - 67

CCA6267-3

67 - 72

CCA6772-3

71 - 76

CCA7176-3

76 - 84

CCA7684-3

83 - 91

CCA8391-3

90 - 98

CCA9098-3

98 - 109

CCA98109-3

109 - 120

CCA109120-3

119 - 130

CCA119130-3

ORDER NUMBER

Please contact HYDROBLOCK for more detailed information on mounting dimensions and seats.

216

09/2019

CCL CENTRIC ELEMENT

09/2019

217

GENERAL INFORMATION ON CCL CENTRIC ELEMENTS USE OF CENTRIC ELEMENTS: The CCL centric element was developed for final machining of workpieces in a single working cycle without the need to reposition the workpiece again in the fixture, which helps to reduce faults and downtimes. CONVENTIONAL FIXTURE WITH TWO MACHINING PHASES

FIXTURE WITH CCL FOR A SINGLE MACHINING PHASE

1 2 3

218

Many parts are usually machined in several phases. Final machining often requires repositioning of the workpieces, which inevitably reduces productivity, so that more machines with appropriate equipment are necessary in order to achieve the requested number of pieces. The resulting investment cost increase the production costs and affect the competitiveness in an increasingly aggressive market environment. As HYDROBLOCK has always been committed to supporting its customers in the solution of upcoming production problems, we have continuously invested in new products in order to optimize clamping and machining cycles, avoid downtimes and improve cutting and machining parameters. The CCL centric element is designed to machine workpieces that usually involve at least a second clamping process and two machining cycles in a single working cycle without any repositioning of the workpiece being required. As shown on the following pages, a finished workpiece with excellent machining parameters can be produced from the raw material in a single machining cycle. This cylinder version can be delivered with customized mounting dimensions and in tailored configurations. It is suitable for machining a wide range of diameters and ensures stable clamping at a force adapted to the specific requirements and a ďŹ&#x201A;exible working stroke that can be adjusted during machining. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for more detailed information on the available versions of this cylinder type. The CCL centric element allows new machining solutions to be implemented in the fixtures and thus enhances our customerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s productivity.

09/2019

APPLICATION OF THE CCL ELEMENT (EXAMPLE)

1 The workpiece to be machined is clamped in the usual way in the fixture for the first machining phase. The CCL element for axial machining (diameter “D”) must be placed so that the bolts are aligned relative to the centre line of the workpiece during the advance motion. Now, the final diameter machining of the workpiece is performed as with conventional machining processes.

After having machined the diameter “D” in the appropriate position, the cylinder is pressurized and extended up to the limit stop. (1) (ADVANCE OF THE CENTRING UNIT TO THE LIMIT STOP)

Ød = diameter unmachined ØD = diameter machined ØD

Ød

(1)

ØD

Path of the cutting tool Ød

09/2019

219

APPLICATION OF THE CCL ELEMENT (EXAMPLE)

During the advance motion, the bolts of the CCL for the diameter “D” (2) are automatically extended as soon as the limit stop is reached. SELF-ADJUSTING up to the diameter “D” (2).

After having reached the diameter “D”, the bolts of the CCL contact the diameter and adapt to it automatically compensating any possible minor deviation caused by poor machining or positioning. Workpiece deformations are thus minimized (SELFADJUSTMENT ON THE WORKPIECE DIAMETER/ CLAMPING ON THE WORKPIECE). At this point, the next machining steps can be performed.

ØD

(2)

Path of the cutting tool

220

09/2019

APPLICATION OF THE CCL ELEMENT (EXAMPLE)

As soon as all machining steps are completed, the CCL element is released and moved back into the retracted position: the bolts (3) are automatically retracted and the cylinder moves back into the initial position (4).

(4)

As soon as the CCL has reached its initial position, the conventional clamping systems can be opened, the finished workpiece can be removed and replaced by a new workpiece.

(3)

Due to the wide range of different workpieces requiring a customized design, there are no cylinders with standard working strokes, clamping diameters and forces. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for more detailed information on mounting dimensions and seats.

09/2019

221

LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS A Compensation system

VCS10 unclampimg control valve (upon request)

Metal wiper (upon request)

Flow control valve (upon request)

COMPENSATION SYSTEM LEVER CUP SPRING

PIN ELASTIC RING COMPENSATION DISK CLAMP ARM

222

09/2019

B. CYLINDER SWING SPEED CONTROL Flow control valve for the clamping process. All standard cylinders are prepared for retrofitting the ï¬&#x201A;ow control valve (accessory delivered upon request).

C. CYLINDER OPENING CONTROL FOR ROBOTIZED UNLOADING With link clamp cylinders equipped with the VCS clamp arm control valve (e.g. CG12.70 FDV), the opening position of the cylinder can be monitored, which gives maximum safety for robot-assisted workpiece loading/unloading. (see page 227)

09/2019

223

LINK CLAMP CYLINDER

CG SERIES CG 8.70

CG 8.250

CG 6.200

CG 8.200

CG 10.200

CG 12.200

CG 12.70

Threaded version

Cartridge

Yes

Double-acting version

Yes

Single-acting version (spring return)

Yes

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

18.5

10.8

18.5

20.5

4.15

1.13

0.79

1.54

3.14

4.91

3.65

0.63

0.51

1.04

2.35

3.78

7.7

2.1

0.9

2.2

9.1

10.1

CYLINDER TYPE

CYLINDER BODY TYPE

Upper flange

Total cylinder stroke (mm) Piston clamping area (cm ) 2

Piston unclamping area (cm ) 2

Clamping oil volume (cm ) 3

Unclamping oil volume (cm )

6.8

1.2

0.6

1.5

3.8

7.8

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

250

200

Nominal clamping force (KN) at maximum operating pressure*

2.2

1.55

6.8

2.5

CG 12.250

CG 16.200

CG 20.200

CGF 26.0

CGF 32.0

CGF 40.0

CGF 50.0

Threaded version

M26x1.5

M32x1.5

M40x1.5

M50x1.5

Cartridge

Yes

Upper flange

Yes

Double-acting version

Yes

Single-acting version (spring return)

Yes

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

24.5

Piston clamping area (cm2)

2.01

4.52

9.08

1.54

3.14

4.91

9.08

Piston unclamping area (cm2)

0.88

2.51

5.94

3.78

5.94

4.8

10.8

22.2

2.2

4.7

9.3

22.2

2.1

14.6

7.2

14.6

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

250

200

Nominal clamping force (KN) at maximum operating pressure*

3.7

8.8

13.9

6.8

13.9

CYLINDER TYPE

CYLINDER BODY TYPE

Clamping oil volume (cm3) Unclamping oil volume (cm ) 3

224

09/2019

PRESSURE/CLAMPING FORCE

DIAGRAMS

The following comparative diagram outlines the performance of link clamp cylinders of the CG series.

15 14.5

14 13.5

F5 0

+C G

12.5

20 .0 0

12 11.5 11

10.5

CLAMPING FORCE (kN)

10 9.5 9 8.5 8

.20

7.5

16 CG

7 6.5

GF +C

5.5

00 32 2.2 1 GF C CG 0+ .20 0 1 CG

5 4.5 4 3.5 3

00 CG8.2

.70 12 G C 0 8.7 CG

2.5 2 1.5 1

250

. CG12

0 CG6.20

+ CGF

0 CG8.25

0.5 0.0 0

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250

PRESSURE (BAR)

The effective clamping force “F” as a function of the operating pressure “P” is shown in the diagram.

09/2019

225

CLAMP ARM CLOSING/OPENING CONTROL SERIES CG

CLAMPED WORKPIECE

O PNEUMATIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED FLOW PNEUMATIC CONTROLLER LINE

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED

PRESSURE GAUGE FOR VISUAL CHECK 0-12 BAR

WORKPIECE RELEASED/ INTERMEDIATE POSITION

X PRESSURE SWITCH OPEN FLOW PNEUMATIC CONTROLLER LINE

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED

PRESSURE GAUGE FOR VISUAL CHECK 0-12 BAR

WORKPIECE UNCLAMPED

With link clamp cylinders equipped with a single integrated pneumatic supply channel, closing of the pneumatic line can only be ensured in the clamping and unclamping positions. The combined control of both hydraulic and pneumatic supply provides reliable monitoring of the clamp arm opening and closing positions, which gives maximum safety during robot-assisted unloading and perfect machining of the properly clamped workpiece. On the one hand, a combination of the pressure switch signal of the pneumatic supply line with the pressure switch signal of the hydraulic clamping line guarantees safe workpiece clamping and optimum machining conditions. On the other hand, combining the pressure switch signal of the pneumatic supply line with the pressure switch signal of the hydraulic unclamping line guarantees that the workpiece is unclamped and the cylinder is in open position, so that safe robotassisted unloading of the machined workpiece is ensured. In ALL intermediate positions, NO WORKPIECE POSITIONING OR MACHINING is enabled. This solution simplifies the fixture circuit and eliminates the second pneumatic supply line: when designing and implementing the fixtures, certain machining steps can be omitted without affecting the safety of the line.

PNEUMATIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED FLOW PNEUMATIC CONTROLLER LINE

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED

226

PRESSURE GAUGE FOR VISUAL CHECK 0-12 BAR

09/2019

CLAMP ARM CLOSING/OPENING CONTROL SERIES CG

With link clamp cylinders equipped with the VCS clamp arm control valve (e.g. CG12.70 FDV), the opening position of the cylinder can be monitored, which gives maximum safety for robot-assisted workpiece loading/unloading. Considering the cylinder type used, clamping of the workpiece can be monitored by the pressure switch of the hydraulic clamping line. With CG link clamp cylinders from HYDROBLOCK, clamping is ALWAYS performed using the large cylinder area and there is no risk of

accidental opening of the pressurized cylinder. On the other hand, pneumatic control of the CYLINDER OPEN position is of FUNDAMENTAL importance, as the difference in the CG cylinder areas does NOT ENSURE complete opening of the cylinder, i.e. when leakage or oil is detected between the hydraulic lines. If necessary, a second pneumatic line will be provided upon request in order to monitor also the closed clamp arm position/clamped workpiece state.

CLAMPED WORKPIECE

PRESSURE SWITCH OPEN

CLAMPING

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED = CLAMPED WORKPIECE

FLOW PNEUMATIC CONTROLLER LINE

PRESSURE GAUGE FOR VISUAL CHECK 0-12 BAR

WORKPIECE UNCLAMPED

PNEUMATIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED = CYLINDER OPEN UNCLAMPING FLOW PNEUMATIC CONTROLLER LINE

PRESSURE GAUGE FOR VISUAL CHECK 0-12 BAR

09/2019

227

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS CG SERIES

CORRECT CLAMP ARM INSTALLATION

! X

ATTENTION: For special application requirements, it is also possible to use the clamp arm in a laterally off-set position relative to the cylinder. In this case, the operating pressures specified in the diagrams MUST be reduced. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for more detailed information. L

Â°

The clamp arm should be dimensioned such as to ensure that it is arranged at right angles to the clamping point. In addition, the arm must be aligned in parallel to the surface of the clamped workpiece, as otherwise the manufacturing tolerances would be affected by undesired stress.

Improper use of the cylinder may lead to irreversible damage to the equipment.

228

09/2019

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS CG SERIES

INSTALLATION ADVICE

If the workpiece needs to be clamped on an inclined surface, the cylinder must be installed at right angles to the surface.

If the cylinder is installed at a different angle, the clamping forces would produce reaction forces that could damage the cylinder.

L>l

L<l l

Please observe the clamping arm lengths and the fields of application specified in the catalogue. Whereas extremely long clamping arms could affect

09/2019

correct workpiece removal, very short clamping arms could lead to premature wear or damage to the cylinder.

229

LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS CLAMPING FORCE CALCULATION The clamping force is determined by the clamp arm length and the operating pressure. The F clamping force can thus be calculated using the following formulas:

p•S 100

F= k l

•

[kN]

C•η

[kN]

k, l = Clamp arm dimensions [mm] p = Pressure [bar] S = Clamping area [cm2]

η = 0.9

As a function of the operating pressure, the clamp arm length l should be limited to a minimum value. This length must not be exceeded to avoid damage to the cylinder.

lmin =

k Rmax • 100 -1 p•S•η

[mm]

If the clamp arm dimensions are known, the maximum operating pressure is determined on the basis of the following formula:

padm =

Rmax • 100

(

S•η• 1+k l

)

[mm]

With single-acting cylinders, the Fm spring force must be deducted from the force generated by the cylinder:

230

09/2019

LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS: EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE In this case, the following formulas must be used:

p•S

100

F= k l

•

[mm]

- Fm

C •η

[kN]

Fm = Spring force [kN]

k, l = Clamping arm dimensions [mm] p = Pressure [bar]

S = Clamping area [cm2]

k Rmax • 100 -1 p•S•η

lmin =

padm =

Rmax • 100

(

S•η• 1+k l

[mm]

)

The constants to be used in the above formulas are specified in the table below: CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG CG 8.70 8.250 6.200 8.200 10.200 12.200 12.70 12.250 16.200 20.200

CGF 26.0

CGF 32.0

4.15

1.1

0.79

1.54

3.14

4.91

2.01

4.52

9.08

1.54

3.14

4.9

250

200

250

200

Lever arm l (mm):

7.6

Lever length k (mm):

18.5

9.7

12.3

13.5

16.5

23.5

12.5

13.5

Performance η:

0.9

Reaction Rmax (kN):

5.2

4.6

7.4

11.1

15.6

6.3

8.8

11.2

17.5

7.4

11.1

15.6

17.5

0.15*

0.2*

0.3*

Clamping area

S (cm2)

Max. operating pressure

CGF CGF 40.0 50.0

(bar)

Spring force Fm (kN):

0.34* 0.40* 0.82*

The shorter the clamp arm, the longer the reaction time R. Depending on the pressure p, there is a minimum length lmin at which the Rmax limit value is reached. The cylinder-specific clamping force for different clamping arm lengths can be represented in a graph.

09/2019

231

CG SERIES DOUBLE ACTING

â&#x20AC;˘ EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE

Effective clamping force CG8.250

CG8.70 3,0

2,5 2,0 1,5

1,0

2,5 2,0 1,5

1,0

30 40

60 70

100

150

200

100

150

200

Operating pressure (bar)

CG8.200

CG10.200

CG12.200

1,0

5,0 4,0 3,0

2,0

1,0

250

6,0 5,0 4,0

1,0

50 100 150 Operating pressure (bar)

200

3,5

8,0

2,0 20

1,0 0,5 0,0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Operating pressure (bar)

Effective clamping force (kN)

9,0

4,5

Effective clamping force (kN)

5,0

2,5

4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5

2,0

,5 27

1,5 1,0 0,5 0,0

50 100 150 200 Operating pressure (bar)

CG16.200

4,0

3,0

2,0

CG12.250

CG12.70

3,0

0,0

0,0 50 100 150 200 Operating pressure (bar)

250

7,0 Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force (kN)

2,0

232

Operating pressure (bar)

3,0

0,5

250

6,0

1,5

1,0

Operating pressure (bar)

4,0

1,5

0,0

0,0 0

Effective clamping force (kN)

0,5

0,5 0,0

Effective clamping force (kN)

2,0 Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force (kN)

3,0

0,0

CG6.200

7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0

3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

50 100 150 200 Operating pressure (bar)

250

50 100 150 200 Operating pressure (bar)

09/2019

CGF SERIES SINGLE ACTING

â&#x20AC;˘ EFFECTIVE CLAMPING FORCE

Effective clamping force CGF26.0 6,0

4,0

3,0

2,0

0,0 50

100

150

200

50 100 150 200 Operating pressure (bar)

CGF40D

250

CGF40S

7,0

5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0

1,0 0,0

50 100 150 Operating pressure (bar)

200

7,0 Effective clamping force (kN)

Effective clamping force (kN)

1,0

Operating pressure (bar)

6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0

2,0 1,0 0,0 0

100

150

6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0

100

150

Operating pressure (bar)

09/2019

150

200

CGF50S Effective clamping force (kN)

100

Operating pressure (bar)

CGF50D 15,0 14,0 13,0 12,0 11,0 10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0 0

1,0 0,0 0

200

2,0

Operating pressure (bar)

Effective clamping force (kN)

CGF32.0 Effective clamping force (kN)

15,0 14,0 13,0 12,0 11,0 10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0 0

Effective clamping force (kN)

CG20.200

200

15,0 14,0 13,0 12,0 11,0 10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

100

150

200

Operating pressure (bar)

233

CG SERIES

• ACCESSORIES

Ø6 F7

25.4

3.5x45°

3.75

5.25 12.3±0.1

4.5

2x45°

2x45° 9.7±0.05

CLAMP ARM CG10.200

20° 35

CLAMP ARM CG12.200 Ø6F7 1.6

1.6

+0.1

18.5

8 +0.05

10°

Ø6F7

10°

1.6

Ø5.1 H7

10 +0.05

2.5x45°

1.6

1.6 +0.1

5 +0.05

= =

14.3

5°

3.4

= = 13.5

7 11.5

1.6

+0.05

3.8 0.00

15°

7.8

15°

-0.15

Ø4F7

1.6

+0.1

1.6

13.5

Ø5.1 F7 Ø3.6F8

5.5

CLAMP ARM CG8.200 - CGF26.0

Ø4F8

+0.1

1.6 10

1.6

18.5±0.1

5.5

CLAMP ARM CG6.200

45°

18.5±0.1

8 -0.20

Ø5 F7

-0.02 -0.05

= =

-0.02 -0.05

1.6

+0.1

5 +0.05

= =

Ø6 F7

CLAMP ARM CG8.250 5 +0.05

CLAMP ARM CG8.70

52 2x45°

Ø5.1 H7 13.8

7 17±0.1

13.5±0.1 5

234

+0.1

8 +0.05

5x45°

7.5

20°

6 12 30°

09/2019

CG SERIES

• ACCESSORIES

CLAMP ARM CG12.250 FM/FD/CD

CLAMP ARM CG12.70 14

1.6

+0.1

6 +0.05

° 45 4x

1.6

Ø6 F7

+0.1

23.5±0.1

== Ø8 F7

1.6

Ø6 F7

8.5

15 - 0.05 ==

5x 45 °

8 +0.05

1.6

Ø6 F7

22 5.5

16.5±0.1 5.5

CLAMP ARM CG16.200

Ø5.1 H7 1.6

15 +0.1

8 +0.05

== Ø8 F7

1.6

16 -0.02

-0.05

+0.1

8 +0.05

CLAMP ARM CGF32

Ø5.1 H7

Ø8 F7

13.8

21±0.1

5x45°

+0.1

13.5±0.1

8 +0.05

CLAMP ARM CGF40

CLAMP ARM CGF50

° 45

26.5

22.5

2.5±0.1 °

1.6 0

23 - 0.05

18.5

Ø10 E8

1.6

Ø6 F8

+0 - 0.05

+0.1 +0.05

1.6

Ø6 F8

12 45

45°

17±0.1

10 +0.05

+0.1

09/2019

24±0.1

25.5

1±0.1

Material: C45

235

CG8.70

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS 20°

Ø32 H7

. AX

M R1

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

64 45

16 +2.5 EXTRA

15.75 15.75

21.75

30.5

A Ø32 f7 26

18.5

6. Ø

31.5

Ø5

6.5

236

Debur and round off any edges

CYLINDER WITHOUT COMPENSATION SYSTEM If the clamp arm clearance needs to be compensated, please order the CG8.70V version with compensated clamp arm. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x16 DIN 912/12.9 grade. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG8.70N).

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

4.25

5 5.

4.25

36.5

STROKE mm

14.75

◊ Piston contact surface

A ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

51.

5°

6 MIN.

22÷31

Ø4

M5 12

+0.3 +0.2

◊

30.5

1.5

: Unclamping

Ø4 MAX.

1.6

: Clamping

20 MIN. (H7)

TOTAL

18.5

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.15

3.65

7.7

6.8

09/2019

CG8.70 V

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER WITH COMPENSATION SYSTEM AND PNEUMATIC VALVE FOR CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

. AX

M R1

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT 6 MIN.

A ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

5° 51.

AREA OF THE PNEUMATIC SUPPLY PORT OF THE CYLINDER

BORE FOR THE PNEUMATIC SUPPLY (EXAMPLE)

15.75 15.75

Ø4

16 34

+2.5 EXTRA

1.6

Ø4

◊

Ø32 H7 1.5

22÷31

30.5

+0.3 +0.2

20°

Ø4 MAX.

: Unclamping

1.6

: Clamping 20 MIN. (H7)

19.5 21.75

30.5

◊ Piston contact surface

A Ø32 f7

18.5

Options: • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG8.70VN).

31.5

Ø5

* 5 5.

4.25

36.5

09/2019

4.25

Ø6

Debur and round off any edges

14.75

Pneumatic supply: The special channel integrated into the link clamp cylinder is designed for the most different supply connections. Only a simple supply bore must be provided at any position of the fixture for this purpose. In particular with extreme complex fixtures or supports it is recommended defining the position of the pneumatic line in the planning phase.

237

CG8.250

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS 20°

Ø20 H7

X A

Ø4 MAX.

5°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

51.

6 MIN.

A ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

** 30.5

A Ø20 f7

18.5

9.75

6. Ø

31.5

CYLINDER WITHOUT COMPENSATION SYSTEM If the clamp arm clearance needs to be compensated, please order the CG8.250V version with compensated clamp arm. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x16 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG8.250N). EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

4.25

31.5

Debur and round off any edges

STROKE mm

5 6. Ø 4.25

9.75

◊ Piston contact surface

21.75

16 34

+2.5 EXTRA

15.75 15.75

238

22÷31

◊

B 10

M5 12

+0.3 +0.2

30.5

Ø4

: Unclamping

1.5

1.6

: Clamping

20 MIN. (H7)

TOTAL

18.5

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.13

0.63

2.1

1.2

09/2019

CG8.250 V

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER WITH COMPENSATION SYSTEM AND PNEUMATIC VALVE FOR CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

20°

Ø20 H7

◊

X A

51.

5°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT 6 MIN. M5

1.6 22÷31

Ø4 MAX.

30.5

+0.3 +0.2

20 MIN. (H7)

: Unclamping

Ø4

1.5

: Clamping

1.6

ALTERNATIVE BORE POSITIONS FOR THE PNEUMATIC SUPPLY (EXAMPLE)

15.75 15.75

16 +2.5 EXTRA

AREA OF THE PNEUMATIC SUPPLY PORT OF THE CYLINDER

18 8

21.75

30.5

18.5

9.75

6. Ø

Options: • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG8.250VN).

31.5

Ø5

.5 Ø5

31.5

4.25

* 5 6. Ø 4.25

Debur and round off any edges

Ø20 f7

9.75

◊ Piston contact surface

09/2019

Ø6

239

CG6.200 CD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Ø18H8

9.7

A 1.6

◊

Ø16H8

1.5

10.6

0.02 A

1.6

14.3

25 METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

30°

Ø2.5

: Clamping

1x30°

A Ø16.5

52 °

4.4

Ø4

9.4 9.4

31.8

26.4

50.4

9.3

+1.5 EXTRA

x10

9.4

Ø18 f7

◊

A Ø16 f7

9.4

Piston contact surface

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M4x10 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG6.200CDN).

1 PISTON RETRACTED

9.4

Ø5

STROKE mm

TOTAL

240

10.8

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

0.79

0.51

0.9

0.6

09/2019

CG8.200 CD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

30°

Ø4

A Ø23H8 Ø4

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

59 °

Ø5 17.45

12.3

MØ

12.5 12.5

43.8

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

65.9

33.9

+2 EXTRA

6.5 27.4

Ø23.5

30.5

16.5

◊ +0.3 +0.2

Ø26H8 1x30°

0.02 A

+1 -1

: Unclamping

0°

1x3

: Clamping

1.6 1.6

◊ Piston contact surface

Ø26 f7

B 1

PISTON RETRACTED

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M4x12 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG8.200CDN).

Ø23 f7

32 16.5 12

15.5 12

12.5

Ø5

STROKE mm

TOTAL

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

1.54

1.04

2.2

1.5

241

CG10.200 CD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Ø31 H8

0.02 A

+0 -6

1.6

25.3

◊

1.6

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

13.5

Ø28H8

70 °

Ø5

22.5

+0.3 +0.2

30°

: Unclamping

18.9

1x30°

: Clamping

Ø5

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

14.9

42.9

84.9

12.6 12.6

32.9

+2 EXTRA

Ø28.5

Ø31 f7

◊ Piston contact surface

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x16 DIN 912/12.9 grade. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Commercial type. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG10.200CDN).

PISTON RETRACTED

Ø28 f7

39 12.6

12.6 .5

14.9

Ø5

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

STROKE mm

TOTAL

242

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

3.14

2.35

3.8

09/2019

CG12.200 CD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS 30°

Ø42 Ø40H8

1.6 12

.7°

0.02 A

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

+0.3

1.6

◊

° A

Ø5

55 +0.2

52 -5

: Unclamping

: Clamping

+4 -4

Ø37H8

66.6

53.5

Ø38 18.5

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

18.5

107.1

18.5

Ø8

+3 EXTRA

15.5

12.5

Ø5

Ø20 MAX

Ø40f7

53.5

◊ Piston contact surface

1 PISTON RETRACTED

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x16 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.200CDN).

A Ø37 f7

49 18.5

18.5

Ø7

STROKE mm 4x45°

TOTAL

09/2019

18.5

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.91

3.78

9.1

243

CG8.200 CS SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

1.6

15 TRATTO IN TOLL. H7

Ø25 H7

18÷36

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø5

: Clamping

2x20°

59 °

Ø25

17.5

12.3

x12

45.5

35.6

12 +2 EXTRA

74.1

9.5

29.1

6.5

Ø10 MAX.

38.5

Ø25f7

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x16 DIN 912/12.9 grade. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG8.200CSN).

Ø23

33 17.5

35 13

= =

15.5

STROKE mm

2.5

TOTAL

244

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

1.54

2.2

09/2019

CG10.200 CS

SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

2x20°

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

22.5

30°

13.5

17÷44

X. MA

Ø5 MAX.

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

.4 °

+0.2 0

1.6

Ø31 H7

Ø14 MAX.

58.3

14.9

94.1

12.6 12.6

38.4

48.4

14.6 +2.4 EXTRA

Ø30

A ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

B 45.7

31 f7

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x18 DIN 912/12.9 grade. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG10.200CSN).

Ø28

12.6

Ø5

14.9

12.6

19.5

= =

19.5

22.5

STROKE mm

13.5

TOTAL

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

3.14

5.3

245

CG12.200 CS SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Ø42

30°

42.5 ±19

65 -0

57 .5°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

+0.2

18.7

1.6

1.5

Ø40 H8

Ø38.5 Ø5 18.5

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

18.5

117

18.5

53.5

66.7

Ø16 MAX.

16 +3.5 EXTRA

12.5

63.5

Ø40 f7

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x16 DIN 912/12.9 grade. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.200CSN).

Ø37

49 18.5

18.5

49 18.5

= =

18.5

Ø7

STROKE mm

4x45°

TOTAL

246

19.5

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

4.91

9.6

09/2019

CG12.250 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

2x3 0°

CD12.250 SCD ONLY

Ø2

33 MIN. 1.6

Ø30 H7

112

Ø13f7

CD12.250 SCD ONLY M4 DEPTH=8 Ø6f7 Ø21 Ø30 f7 16

Debur and round off any edges

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250CDN). • The cylinder is also available with position control sensor (order no. CG12.250SCD). • The cylinder can also be ordered with position control sensor but without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250SCDN).

Ø4 MAX.

106

21 +3 EXTRA

.7°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

23.5

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

TOTAL

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

BLOCC.

CLAMP.

2.01

0.88

4.8

2.1

09/2019

247

CG12.250 FD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS CD12.250 SFD ONLY

Ø2

23.5

29 M6

106

21 +3 EXTRA

33 MIN

.7°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø30

112

Ø29.8

Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250FDN). • The cylinder is also available with position control sensor (order no. CG12.250SFD). • The cylinder can also be ordered with position control sensor but without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250SFDN).

Ø13f7

CD12.250 SFD ONLY M4 DEPTH=8 Ø6f7 Ø21

STROKE mm

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

TOTAL

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.01

0.88

4.8

2.1

Ø 6.

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

55 21

G1/8”

+0.5 0

248

09/2019

CG12.250 FM

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping 5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS CD12.250 SFM ONLY

6.5

+0.5 0

Ø2

Ø8 H7 23.5

1.6

+0.015 0

54 +0.015 0

12 6.5

+0.5 0

106

21 +3 EXTRA

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade. • Hydraulic plug connector Ø8x12. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45.

112

1.5

Ø8 H7

1.6

.7°

20°

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø8H7 Ø29.8

Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250FMN). • The cylinder is also available with position control sensor (order no. CG12.250SFM). • The cylinder can also be ordered with position control sensor but without clamp arm (order no. CG12.250SFMN).

Ø13f7

CD12.250 SFM ONLY M4 DEPTH=8 Ø6f7 Ø21 16

21 4.5

09/2019

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

TOTAL

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

2.01

0.88

4.8

2.1

B 249

CG12.70 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER WITH COMPENSATION SYSTEM MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS +0.5

Ø39 +0.2 M5

1.6

34 MIN.

. AX

M R1

25 . AX

17.5

16.5

17.5

26.5

12.5

49.5

63.5

17.5 +3 EXTRA

33.5

19.5

Ø39 22.5

11÷15

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

Ø5

G1/8” 5

250

69 °

19.5

17.5

M Ø4

17.5

A X.

CYLINDER WITH COMPENSATION SYSTEM If, for technical reasons, special clamps arms are manufactured in-house by the customer, HYDROBLOCK will be ready to mount these clamp arms to the cylinder free of charge (recommended solution) or to provide the mounting tool for the compensation system upon request. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade. • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.70FDN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without compensation system (order no. CG12.70FDR). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm and without compensation system (order no. CG12.70FDRN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered with VRF18 ﬂow control valve (order no. CG12.70FDS).

09/2019

CG12.70 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER WITH COMPENSATION SYSTEM AND CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS +0.5

Ø39 +0.2

AIR

Ø2

34 MIN.

1.6

. AX

M R1

24 25 24

. AX

17.5

A X.

61.7

17.5 44.2

17.5

M Ø4

Included in the scope of supply: • O-rings Ø3x1. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG12.70FDVN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without compensation system (order no. CG12.70FDVR). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm and without compensation system (order no. CG12.70FDVRN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered with VRF18 ﬂow control valve (order no. CG12.70FDVS).

STROKE mm

09/2019

TOTAL

20.5

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.91

3.78

10.1

7.8

251

CG16.200 FD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS 23.6

Ø35.5

+0.2 0

1.6

A 23.6

. AX

11 11

18.5

.3°

8 4.

22 +2 EXTRA

13.5

A X.

126

13.5

93.5

Ø35 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

Ø6

25°

G1/ 8”

25°

9 R3

252

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade. • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG16.200FDN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered with VRF18 ﬂow control valve (order no. CG16.200FDS).

STROKE mm

TOTAL

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.52

2.51

10.8

09/2019

CG16.200 FDV

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER WITH CLAMP ARM POSITION CONTROL VALVE

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

AIR

Ø2

+0.2

Ø35.5 0

1.6

A 27 27 23.6

. AX

18.5

13.5

A X.

13.5 64.5

18.5

Included in the scope of supply: • O-rings Ø3x1. Options: • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG16.200FDVN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered with VRF18 ﬂow control valve (order no. CG16.200FDVS).

STROKE mm

TOTAL

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.52

2.51

10.8

253

CG20.200 FD DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS +0.2

Ø49 0 MOUNTING HOLE

M8 1.6

Ø2 AIR

33.5 29.5

= =

27.5

33.5 29.5

X. MA

22 +2.5 EXTRA

13.5

171.5

23.5

Ø48.5 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) Ø9

108.4

96.5

75.5

96.5

27.5

.5°

.8 Ø4

34.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade. • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG20.200FDN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered with VRF18 ﬂow control valve (order no. CG20.200FDS).

104

254

80.5

25°

G1/ 8”

25°

STROKE mm

B TOTAL

24.5

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

9.08

5.94

22.2

14.6

09/2019

CG20.200 FS SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS +0.2

Ø49 0 MOUNTING HOLE

M8 1.6

Ø2 AIR

33.5 29.5

= =

27.5

33.5 29.5

X. MA

22 +2.5 EXTRA

13.5

171.5

23.5

Ø48.5 VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) Ø9

108.4

96.5

75.5

96.5

27.5

.5°

.8 Ø4

34.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade. • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CG20.200FSN). • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered with VRF18 ﬂow control valve (order no. CG20.200FSS).

104

09/2019

80.5

25°

G1/ 8”

25°

STROKE mm

B TOTAL

24.5

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

9.08

22.2

255

LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS WITH THREADED BODY

CGF SERIES

256

09/2019

HYDRAULIC LINK CLAMP CYLINDERS

Hydraulic link clamps are extremely compact clamping cylinders that generate high clamping forces at low supply pressures. The special clamp arm motion facilitates workpiece loading and unloading and is particularly suited for operation in extremely restricted space conditions. Link clamp cylinders are available in single and double-acting version (except for the CGF32.0 that comes as a single-acting cylinder only). Thanks to the special profile of the cylinder body, it can also be supplied in a closed seat by means of the 1/8“-BSPP “A” port at the bottom. In the single-acting version, the upper “B” port is provided with an incorporated sintered filter

09/2019

designed to protect the cylinder chamber against the penetration of dust and chips. We recommend connecting a vent pipe that leads into an area that is free from ﬂuids.

NOTE: Due to the large clamping surfaces and the substantial pressure losses in complex hydraulic circuits composed of numerous cylinders, it may take considerably longer time to unclamp single-acting cylinders or unclamping may not be possible at all. To ensure rapid and reliable operating cycles, we recommend using doubleacting link clamp cylinders for this type of application.

257

CGF26.0

SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

BLIND HOLE MOUNTING

5.5

40±2

17.5

M26x1.5

(48) 19.5

6 3

31.1

1.5x30°

47.5

6.5

12 +2 EXTRA

11.5

12.8

1.6

26.1

12.3

28.5

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø36

93.6

Ø23H7

THROUGH-HOLE MOUNTING

5.5

Ø23 f7

M26x1.5

Ø36 11.5

G1/8”

M26x1.5

Ø3

Included in the scope of supply: • Ring nut M26x1.5. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Connecting link: Commercial type. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CGF26.0N)

258

STROKE mm

TOTAL

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

1.54

2.2

09/2019

CGF32.0

SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

13.5 +1.5 EXTRA

5 37.9

32.9

BLIND HOLE MOUNTING

22.5

13.5

53±2

: Venting

Ø45

M32x1.5

2x30°

118.9

(58)

: Clamping

1.6

Ø28 f7

Ø28 H7

G1/8” Ø27

M32x1.5

THROUGH-HOLE MOUNTING

53±2

13.5

G1/8”

Ø3

Ø45

18 +0.5

Ø32 +0.2

Included in the scope of supply: • Ring nut M32x1.5. Available upon request: A second M32x1.5 ring nut for mounting in unthreaded through-holes can additionally be delivered. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Connecting link: Commercial type. • Clamp arm: C45. Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CGF32.0N)

09/2019

STROKE mm

TOTAL

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

3.14

4.7

259

CGF40.0 D

DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION EXAMPLE

Ø58

44.5

16 +3 EXTRA

151.5

8.5

46.5

105

Ø46

M40x1.5

Ø37 f7

30°

Ø35.5

8” 1/

18.5

90°

Included in the scope of supply: • Ring nut M40x1.5. Available upon request: A second M40x1.5 ring nut for mounting in unthreaded through-holes can additionally be delivered. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Connecting link: Commercial type. • Clamp arm: C45.

1/ 8”

260

STROKE mm

TOTAL

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

4.91

3.78

9.3

7.2

09/2019

CGF40.0 S

SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

72 44.5

Ø58

16 +3 EXTRA

67.5±3

21.5

64 89

105

Ø46

1X30°

151.5

M40x1.5

(70)

(48.5)

8.5

46.5

M40x1.5

1.6

Ø37 f7 Ø37 H7

30°

G1/8”

Ø35.5

B 18.5

90°

8” 1/

1/ 8”

09/2019

STROKE mm

TOTAL

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP

4.91

9.3

261

CGF50.0 D DOUBLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

: Clamping

: Unclamping

INSTALLATION EXAMPLE

171

10.5

23.5

60.5

Ø70

22 +2.5 EXTRA

20.5

115

Ø69

M50x1.5

Ø46 f7

A1 Ø45 30

G1/8”

41° 69

8” 1/

Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CGF50.0DN). • The link clamp cylinder can be delivered with a supply port A1 at the bottom side (order no. CGF50.1D). In this case, the A port is provided with a plug as shown in the drawing.

262

Included in the scope of supply: • Ring nut M50x1.5. Available upon request: A second M40x1.5 ring nut for mounting in unthreaded through-holes can additionally be delivered. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45.

STROKE mm

TOTAL

24.5

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

CLAMP.

UNCLAMP.

9.08

5.94

22.2

14.6

09/2019

CGF50.0 S

SINGLE-ACTING LINK CLAMP CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 200BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

80.5±3 93

22 +2.5 EXTRA

20.5

M50x1.5

171

2x20°

10.5

23.5

Ø70

(73)

: Venting

(50)

: Clamping

60.5

115

Ø69

Ø46 f7 30

Ø46 H7

1.6

M50x1.5

G1/8” Ø45 30

G1/8”

41° 69

8” 1/

Options: • Upon request, different clamp arm types can be manufactured to customer specification, mounted and commissioned. • The link clamp cylinder can also be ordered without clamp arm (order no. CGF50.0SN). • The link clamp cylinder can be delivered with a supply port A1 at the bottom side (order no. CGF50.1S). In this case, the A port is provided with a plug as shown in the drawing.

09/2019

Included in the scope of supply: • Ring nut M50x1.5. Available upon request: A second M50x1.5 ring nut for mounting in unthreaded through-holes can additionally be delivered. Material: • Piston/rod/bolts: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. • Lever: Quenched and Tempered steel. • Clamp arm: C45.

STROKE mm

TOTAL

24.5

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CLAMP.

9.08

22.2

263

PULL/PUSH CYLINDERS

Metal wiper (upon request)

Speed control valve (upon request)

Compensated guide system, highly precise and sturdy

The linear pull cylinders of the CT series are equipped with a clearance-compensating piston guide system designed to minimize wear. They are thus particularly suited for long operating times. When mounting the clamp arm or accessories to this cylinder type, the piston rod must be fixed in order not to expose the compensated guide system to uncontrolled forces, as this would lead to damage or malfunctions of the equipment.

264

09/2019

PULL/PUSH CYLINDERS

CT SERIES

CYLINDER TYPE

CT16

CT22

CT28

CT35

Upper flange

Yes

Lower flange

Yes

Metal wiper (option)

Yes

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

500

Maximum pushing force (Kn) at 500 bar

22.1

44.4

77.9

116.5

Maximum pulling force (Kn) at 500 bar

12.3

25.8

47.4

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

Piston area/pushing (cm2)

4.52

9.07

15.9

23.8

Piston area/pulling (cm2)

2.51

5.27

9.75

14.1

Oil volume/pushing (cm3)

9.9

22.6

44.5

85.7

Oil volume/pulling (cm3)

5.5

13.2

27.3

50.8

CYLINDER BODY TYPE

Cartridge

= Upon request

09/2019

265

CT16.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

23.6

= =

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

OIL

Ø16

Ø4.8 MAX

MOUNTING HOLE

+0.2

Ø35.5 -0

133 EXTENDED

Ø29

Ø7

Ø35

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

50°

B 27

9 R3

= 58

266

Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 57

= =

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 50 Example: CT16.0FDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT16.0FDN)

STROKE mm

G 1/8”

TOTAL

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

09/2019

CT16.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting Ø39 H8 Ø37.5H8 2

9.5

1.6 11

Ø3

30°

Ø36

21.5

30°

Ø36 H8

133 EXTENDED

1.6

Ø29

Blind hole mounting

Ø39 H8 Ø37.5 H8 2

1.6

30°

Ø35.5

= 37

= 30°

21.5

9.5

1.6 11

Ø36 H8

Ø3

3.2

Ø35

Ø6.5

1.6

20°

Ø3

73.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 50 Example: CT16.0CDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT16.0CDN).

STROKE mm

Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 57 TOTAL

09/2019

59.5

3.2

21.5

32 MIN

20°

Ø3

Ø16

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC

EXTEN.

2.51

4.52

5.5

9.9

267

CT22.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION 28.7

= =

23.6

1.6

OIL

Ø22 METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M12

Ø4.8 MAX MOUNTING HOLE

+0.2

143.6 EXTENDED

78.6

Ø49 -0

13.5

Ø38

Ø7

Ø48.5

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST) 27

Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 95

44°

= =

G1 /8”

= =

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53 Variant: • Overload clutch (upon request). • Metal wiper (upon request). Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 50 Example: CT22.0FDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT22.0FDN)

STROKE mm

B 6

= =

TOTAL 73

268

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

09/2019

CT22.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting Ø22 M12 Ø52.5 H8

21.5

32 MIN

9.5

1.6

25 60.1

1.6

30°

Ø3

Ø38 Ø50

21.5

143.6 EXTENDED

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Ø3

20°

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

30° Ø49.5 H8

A B 83.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø7

30°

Ø3

Ø49.5 H8

21.5

9.5

1.6

2 11

1.6

B B

30°

A A Ø3

Ø51 H8

M6 3.2

Ø48.5

1.6

Ø52.5 H8

20°

30°

= 19

Ø49

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 95

09/2019

Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 50 Example: CT22.0CDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT22.0CDN)

STROKE mm

TOTAL

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

5.27

9.07

13.2

22.6

269

CT28.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

35.6

29.2 = =

M8 1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

OIL

Ø28 M16

Ø4.8 MAX

MOUNTING HOLE

+0.2 -0

Ø63.5

158 EXTENDED

Ø43

Ø9

Ø63

VRF18 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53 Variants: • Overload clutch (upon request). • Metal wiper (upon request). Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 48 Example: CT28.0FDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT28.0FDN)

46° = =

/8”

24 = =

55 = =

70 = =

Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 135

STROKE mm

B 87

270

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

2 R5

55 = =

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL

09/2019

CT28.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting Ø28 Ø67 H8 Ø65.5 H8 2

21.5 32 MIN

9.5

67.5

M8 3.2

Ø3

20°

1.6

M16

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Ø64 H8

Ø3

30°

1.6

30°

158 EXTENDED

23.5

Ø43 Ø64

A B 90.5

Blind hole mounting

Ø67 H8

A Ø3

1.6

72 Ø9

30°

Ø3

Ø64 H8

21.5

9.5

1.6

32 Ø63

Ø65.5 H8 2

M8 3.2

1.6

20°

30°

Ø63.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x25 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 135

09/2019

Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 48 Example: CT28.0CDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT28.0CDN)

STROKE mm

TOTAL

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAZ.

RETRAC.

9.75

15.9

27.3

44.5

271

CT35.0 FD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH O-RING CONNECTION

40.6

= =

35.6

B M10 1.6

OIL

A Ø35

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

M20

Ø4.8 MAX

Ø75.5

102.5

Ø11

Ø75

VRF14 FLOW CONTROL VALVE (UPON REQUEST)

MOUNTING HOLE

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø4.34x3.53 Variants: • Overload clutch (upon request). • Metal wiper (upon request). Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 48 Example: CT35.0FDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT35.0FDN)

= =

Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 145 34°

G 1/ 4”

= =

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

R6 4

= =

108

272

+0.2 0

201.5 EXTENDED

Ø54.5

TOTAL

09/2019

CT35.0 CD

DOUBLE-ACTING PULL/PUSH CYLINDER WITH CARTRIDGE BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

AND ANTIROTATION DEVICE

: Retraction

: Extension

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Through-hole mounting Ø35

24.5 Ø4

Ø54.5 Ø76

3.2

30°

201.5 EXTENDED

35.5 MIN

1.6

2 12.5

26.5

3.2

A Ø4

Ø78 H8 M8

10.5

Ø80 H8

20°

M20

1.6

METAL WIPER (UPON REQUEST)

Ø76 H8

A B

Ø76 H8

24.5

1.6 12.5

26.5

35.5

3.2

Ø4

Ø78 H8

10.5

Ø80 H8

20°

1.6

112.5

Blind hole mounting

1.6

Ø75 =

B 30°

115

Ø4

70 =

30°

Ø75.5

= =

30°

Ø11 88 =

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x30 DIN 912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Options: • Different swinging angles available upon request (order code as for the SR series, see page 48 Example: CT35.0CDR90) • The cylinder can also be ordered without antirotation device (order no. CT35.0CDN)

STROKE mm

Note: Clamping force diagram, see page 145 TOTAL

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

RETRAC.

EXTEN.

14.1

23.8

50.8

85.7

273

LINEAR BLOCK CYLINDERS

274

09/2019

LINEAR BLOCK CYLINDERS CYLINDER TYPE

BS10

BS12

BS16

BS20

BS25

BS32

BS36

Metal wiper (option)

Yes

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

500

Maximum pushing force (Kn) at 500 bar

98.6

15.3

39.4

61.5

96.2

162.5

Maximum pulling force (Kn) at 500 bar

59.8

9.8

14.2

37.5

56.8

112.7

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

25 / 50

Piston area/pushing (cm2)

2.01

3.14

4.91

8.04

12.57

19.63

33.18

Piston area/pulling (cm2)

1.22

2.01

2.9

4.9

7.66

11.6

Oil volume/ pushing (cm3)

3.2

9.8

20.1 / 40.2

62.9

98.2

Oil volume /pulling (cm3)

3.2

5.8

12.3 / 24.5

38.3

57.5

In the standard version, linear BS block cylinders of HYDROBLOCK are not equipped with a piston rod guide system. For this reason, no particular measures are required when mounting accessories to this cylinder type. We recommend, however, fixing the piston rod when screwing in the mounting screw. NOTE: In addition, a stop should be provided on the mounting support behind the cylinder in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

09/2019

275

BS10.16

DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

10 M6

1.6

Ø5 MAX

Ø7

OIL

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

20.5

28.5

Ø10

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.07x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

Ø9

STROKE mm

TOTAL

276

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

2.01

1.22

3.2

09/2019

BS12.16

DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø11

1.6

Ø5 MAX

Ø7

OIL

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

54.5 30

7.5

17.5

24.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

Ø12

STROKE mm

TOTAL

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

3.14

2.01

3.2

277

BS16.20

DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE AND IN-LINE PORTS MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

M10

Ø8.5

1.6

OIL

Ø5 MAX OIL

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

== 50

Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x60 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

G1/4”

Ø16

Ø15

STROKE mm

TOTAL

278

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

4.91

2.9

9.8

5.8

09/2019

BS20.25

DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE AND IN-LINE PORTS MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

B M12

Ø10.5

27.5

G1/4”

1.6

Ø5 MAX

OIL

M10

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

== 10

Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

9.9

Ø20

Ø19

STROKE mm

TOTAL

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

8.04

4.9

20.1

12.3

279

BS20.50

DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE AND IN-LINE PORTS MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

15 55 Ø10.5

B X

A M12

27.5

1.6

OIL

Ø4 MAX OIL

M10

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

Ø19

100

110 50

Ø20

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M10x70 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.02x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

G1/4”

STROKE mm

TOTAL

280

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

8.04

4.9

40.2

24.5

09/2019

BS20.50 F

DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FRONT FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

M12

27.5

Ø20

55 8 75

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø6.75x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

110

100

Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

Ø10.5

M10

Ø19

MAX Ø5

1.6

STROKE mm

OIL

TOTAL

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

8.04

4.9

40.2

24.5

281

BS25.50

DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH IN FLANGE AND IN-LINE PORTS MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS WITH FLANGED CONNECTION

M16

Ø10.5

1.6 31.5

Ø5 MAX

114

104

Included in the scope of supply:

G1/4”

• O-Rings Ø4.34x3.53

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws.

OIL

M10

Ø24

Ø25

STROKE mm

TOTAL

282

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

12.57

7.66

62.9

38.3

09/2019

BS32.0

DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE AND IN-LINE PORTS MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension

: Retraction

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

M20

100

1.6

M12

Ø12.5 80

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws. Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Note: Customized versions are available upon request. Please contact HYDROBLOCK if you have special requirements in terms of stroke or mounting conditions.

A 65

G1/4”

101

115

Ø22

Ø32

Ø31

STROKE mm

TOTAL

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

19.63

11.6

98.2

283

BS36.0

DOUBLE-ACTING BLOCK CYLINDER WITH FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Retraction

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø17

= =

Ø34

: Extension

M18x1.5

= =

M16

125 = =

Attention: We recommend providing a stop (“X” in the figure) on the cylinder mounting support in order to prevent resulting shear forces from acting exclusively on the mounting screws. 120

110

G1/4”

Ø22

Ø17 Ø36 100

= =

STROKE mm

TOTAL

284

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

33.18

57.5

09/2019

THREADED CYLINDERS

09/2019

285

THREADED CYLINDERS

286

09/2019

THREADED CYLINDERS

SERIES CF/CR

CYLINDER TYPE

CF22

CF30

CF40

CF48.20

CF12M26

CF12M32

CF16

Threaded type, projecting

M22x1.5

M30x1.5

M40x1.5

Threaded type, flush

M48x1.5

M26x1.5

M32x1.5

M40x1.5

Version with crowned piston rod A

Yes

Piston rod with threaded bore B

Yes

Rod diameter (mm)

Piston diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

5 / 10

7 / 12

8 / 16

14 / 18

18 / 30

Piston area/pushing (cm2)

1.13

2.54

4.91

8.04

1.77

3.14

6.16

Piston area/pulling (cm2)

0.64

2.01

4.15

Oil volume/pushing (cm )

0.6 / 1.1

1.8 / 3.1

7.4

16.1

1.4 / 2.8

4.4 / 5.7

11.1 / 18.5

0.5 / 1

2.8 / 3.6

7.5 / 12.5

500

CF38

CF36E

CF48E

CR12

CR22

CR26

CR30

Threaded type, projecting

Threaded type, flush

M38x1.5

M36x1.5

M48x1.5

M12x1.5

M22x1.5

M26x1.5

M30x1.5

Version with crowned piston rod A

Yes

Piston rod with threaded bore B

Yes

Version with integrated adjustable pressure pad S

Rod diameter (mm)

19.05

31.75

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

3/4

23 / 32

5 / 10

10 / 25

Piston area/pushing (cm )

3.14

4.91

11.34

0.5

1.13

2.01

3.14

Piston area/pulling (cm )

Oil volume/pushing (cm3)

0.9 / 1.3

11.3

26.1 / 36.3

0.25 / 0.5

1.1 / 2.8

2.4

4.7

500

400

CYLINDER BODY TYPE

Oil volume pulling (cm ) 3

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

CYLINDER TYPE

CYLINDER BODY TYPE

Piston diameter (mm)

Oil volume pulling (cm3) Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

09/2019

287

CF22

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

R20

Ø12

CF22.5 B

Ø20

21.2

0 - 0.1

1.5

7.2

21.2

Ø12

CF22.5 A

Ø20 - 0.1

M22x1.5

R20

Ø12

CF22.10 B 10

CF22.10 A

53 28.2

7.2

28.2

Ø12

1.5

Ø20 - 0.1

M6 DEPTH =8

= =

M22x1.5

= =

1.5

Ø20 - 0.1

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø14xØ20x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M22x1.5

5 MAX

18 MIN

Ø13 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

STROKE CYLINDER mm

Ø20

288

+0.2 +0.1

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CF22.5

1.13

0.6

CF22.10

1.13

1.1

09/2019

CF30

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY

R25

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF30.7 B 7

CF30.7 A

Ø18

22.5

38.5

1.5

5.5

22.5

12.5

Ø18

1.5

Ø28 - 0.1

Ø28

M30x1.5

R25

M30x1.5

CF30.12 B 12

Ø18

CF30.12 A

+0 - 0.1

Ø28 - 0.1

= =

M8 DEPTH =11

= =

M30x1.5

= =

Ø28

1.5

5.5

35.5

Ø18

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M30x1.5

4 MAX

20 MIN

Ø18 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

EFFECTIVE

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

STROKE PISTON AREA CYLINDER mm

Ø28

09/2019

+0.2 +0.1

CF30.7

2.54

1.8

CF30.12

2.54

3.1

289

CF40

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF40.15 A

CF40.15 B

R40

Ø25

0 - 0.1

Ø38

0 - 0.1

= =

M40x1.5

= =

Ø38

1.5

9.5

Ø25

M10 DEPTH =13

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø32xØ38x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M40x1.5

27 MIN

7 MAX

Ø25 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

CYLINDER Ø38

290

+0.2 +0.1

CF40.15

EFFECTIVE

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

4.91

7.4

STROKE PISTON AREA mm 15

09/2019

CF48

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF48.20 A

CF48.20 B

R50

Ø30

0 - 0.1

Ø46.5

0 - 0.1

M48x1.5

27 = =

41 = =

M48x1.5

Ø46.5

= =

118

108

Ø32

M12 DEPTH =13

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

M48x1.5 +0.2 +0.1

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

13 MAX

42 MIN

Ø46.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø38xØ46x2 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Ø32 MAX 3.2

CYLINDER

Ø5

09/2019

CF48.20

EFFECTIVE

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

8.04

16.1

STROKE PISTON AREA mm 20

291

CF12

DOUBLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY, FLUSH MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF12.8 M26 : Extension

M26x1.5

: Retraction

Ø12

M26x1.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

1x 3 0°

B Ø23

Ø22

30°

Ø8 MAX

DEPTH =12

◊

Ø4

(35)

1.6

2.5

6.5

24.5±0.1 10.5

10.5

Ø4 MAX

Ø22 H7

30°

CF12.16 M26

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

M26x1.5

A M6 DEPTH =12

Double-acting cylinders with ﬂush threaded body are particularly suited for axial clamping of workpieces in restricted space conditions and offer high forces and unparalleled stability during clamping. All models are equipped with a wiper ring on the piston rod in the standard version. Special strokes are available upon request. Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

292

(43)

10.5 23.5 MIN (Ø22 H7)

6.5

◊

30° Ø8 MAX

Ø22

◊

32.5±0.1

2.5

Ø4 MAX

Ø23

A 1

10.5

Ø4 MAX

33 MIN

10.5

5 43

0°

Ø22 H7

30°

1x3

: Retraction

1.6

Ø12

: Extension

Piston contact surface

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

1.77

0.64

1.4

0.5

1.77

0.64

2.8

09/2019

CF12

DOUBLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY, FLUSH MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF12.14 M32

1x 3 0°

1.6

5.9 MIN

Ø3

Ø29

◊

Ø3

32.5±0.1

(43)

10.5

19 MIN

40.5

31.5

10.5

2.5

Ø11 M32x1.5

Ø28 H7

30° 14

: Retraction

M32x1.5

Ø12

: Extension

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

30°

Ø28

Ø8 MAX

CF12.18 M32

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø12

0°

36.5±0.1

(47)

10.5

1.6

Ø3

44.5

Ø29

◊

Ø3

35.5

B 5.9 MIN

19 MIN

2.5

M32x1.5

10.5

Ø11

Ø28 H7

1x3

30°

: Retraction

M32x1.5

: Extension

30°

Ø8 MAX

= =

Ø28

09/2019

◊

Piston contact surface

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

3.14

2.01

4.4

2.8

3.14

2.01

5.7

3.6

293

CF16

DOUBLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY, FLUSH MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF16.18 M40

M40x1.5

Ø36

Ø4

◊

DEPTH =12

(47)

10.5

1.6 Ø4

2.5

Ø37

36.5±0.1

44.5

20 MIN (28 MAX)

M40x1.5

Ø36 H7

30°

Ø16

1x 3 0°

: Retraction

Ø15 7

: Extension

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø10 MAX

CF16.30 M40

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø15

Ø36

0°

(59)

48.5±0.1

10.5

1x3

Ø37

◊

Ø4

+0.025 0

2.5

Ø4

20 MIN (28 MAX) 56.5

M40x1.5

Ø36 H7

30°

1.6

Ø16

: Retraction

M40x1.5

: Extension

M8 DEPTH =12

Ø10 MAX

294

◊

Piston contact surface

STROKE mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

PUSHING

PULLING

PUSHING

PULLING

6.16

4.15

11.1

7.5

6.16

4.15

18.5

12.5

09/2019

CF38

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY, FLUSH MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

CF38.3

9.3

3x20°

M38x1.5

Ø20

12.7 0.2

Ø5 MAX

(22.5)

+0.2 +0.1

22 MIN

9.3

0 -0.1

R80

0.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø30

1.6

Ø8 MAX

M38x1.5

CF38.4

Ø30 H7

M38x1.5 Ø20 4

16 Ø30

Ø8 MAX

Ø30 H7

1.6

0.7

Ø5

25.7

(26.2)

+0.2 +0.1

26 MIN

0.5

0 - 0.1

R80

3x20°

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

M38x1.5

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. NOTE: • The CF38.3 cylinder featuring a stroke reduced by 3 mm can also be mounted in the seat of the CF38.4 model. • Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

3.14

0.9

3.14

1.3

STROKE mm

295

CF36 E23

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

INSTALLATION EXAMPLE

= =

G36

70 90

97.5

Ø19

M36x1.5

* The G1/8“ plug cannot be used G 1/8”

= =

M8 DEPTH =8

Ø32

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Accessories (upon request): • Mounting ring M36x1.5, order no. G36

STROKE CYLINDER mm CF36-E23

296

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

4.91

11.3

09/2019

CF48 E

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CF48 E32

Ø31.6

95.5 9

40 Ø44

G 1/8”

25.5

M48x1.5

16.5

9 G 1/8”

25.5

M48x1.5

121

131

* 16.5

95.5

23 105.5

Ø31.6

CF48 E23

M8 DEPTH =8

Ø44

INSTALLATION EXAMPLE

The G1/8“ plug cannot be used

G48

Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Accessories (upon request): • Mounting ring M48x1.5, order no. G48

STROKE CYLINDER mm

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CF48-E23

11.34

26.1

CF48-E32

11.34

36.3

297

CR12

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY

CR12.5 A

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CR12.5 B

Ø5

M12x1.5

Ø10

CR12.10 B 10

CR12.10 A

Ø10

Ø5

M12x1.5

Ø10

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø6xØ10x1 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

3.2

20 MIN

4 MAX

M12x1.5

STROKE CYLINDER mm

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CR12.5A

0.5

0.25

CR12.5B

0.5

0.25

CR12.10A

0.5

CR12.10B

0.5

Ø5

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

298

09/2019

CR22.10

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CR22.10 B

R30

CR22.10 A

1.5

Ø20 - 0.1

M22x1.5

M6 DEPTH =8

M22x1.5

1.5

Ø12

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø14xØ20x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M22x1.5

5 MAX

18 MIN

Ø13 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

STROKE CYLINDER mm

+0.2

Ø20 +0.1

09/2019

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CR22.10A

1.13

1.1

CR22.10B

1.13

1.1

299

CR22.25

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CR22.25 A

CR22.25 B

R30

Ø12

79 70

Ø20 - 0.1

Ø20

M22x1.5

1.5

Ø12

0 - 0.1

M6 DEPTH =7

M22x1.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø14xØ20x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M22x1.5

5 MAX

18 MIN

Ø13 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

STROKE CYLINDER mm

+0.2

Ø20 +0.1

300

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CR22.25A

1.13

2.8

CR22.25B

1.13

2.8

09/2019

CR26.12

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CR26.12 A

CR26.12 B

R40

Ø16

52 1.5

+0.1

Ø24 - 0.1

Ø24

M26x1.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

M26x1.5

7 MAX

27 MIN

Ø16 MAX

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø18xØ24x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: • A version with integrated adjustable pressure pad is available upon request. (order no. CR26.12S) Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

STROKE CYLINDER mm

+0.2

Ø24 +0.1

09/2019

M6 DEPTH =8

M26x1.5

3.2

0 - 0.1

1.5

44.5

Ø16

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CR26.12A

2.01

2.4

CR26.12B

2.01

2.4

301

CR30.15

SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDER WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

CR30.15 A

CR30.15 B

CR30.15 S

Ø20

9° X MA

R40

Ø10

Ø20

1.5

0 - 0.1

Ø28 - 0.1

M30x1.5

M8 DEPTH =13

M30x1.5

Ø28

1.5

8 1.5

68.5

Ø20

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

M30x1.5

4 MAX

20 MIN

Ø18 MAX

Note: Make sure not to overload the piston rod when the cylinder is in rest position.

3.2

STROKE CYLINDER mm

Ø28

302

+0.2 +0.1

EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA

TOTAL OIL VOLUME

Cm2

Cm3

CR30.15A

3.14

4.7

CR30.15B

3.14

4.7

09/2019

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

303

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

CYLINDER TYPE

IR12.250

IR16S

IR16.2

IR16.0

IR25.0

IR25.1

IR32

IR40

M22x1.5

M26X1.5

M30x1.5

M42x1.5

M50x1.5

Cartridge

Yes

Upper flange

Yes

Lower flange

Yes

Version with hydraulic approach

Yes

Normally extended (spring approach)

Yes

Metal wiper (option)

Yes

Rod diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

4.5

6.5

9.7

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

250

350

400

Supporting force at 200 Bar (KN)*

1.6

1.8

5.9

10.5

13.5

14.5

SINGLE ACTING

Threaded type

500 BAR

CYLINDER BODY TYPE

CYLINDER TYPE

DOUBLE ACTING 500 BAR

Threaded type

IRFP16 IR16.8 IR16.15 IR25.8 IR25.13 SD D/LD D/LD D/DV D/DV M26x1.5 M30x1.5 M30x1.5 M42x1.5 M42x1.5

Cartridge

CYLINDER TYPE

SINGLE ACTING 70 BAR

IR10.70 IR12.70 IR15.70

Threaded type

M26X1.5

M30x1.5

M36x1.5

Cartridge

CYLINDER BODY TYPE

CYLINDER BODY TYPE Upper flange

Upper flange

Lower flange

Version with hydraulic approach

Yes

Version with hydraulic approach

Yes

Normally extended (spring approach)

Yes

Metal wiper (option)

Yes

Metal wiper (option)

Yes

Rod diameter (mm)

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

6.5

Total cylinder stroke (mm)

6.5

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

350

400

Maximum operating pressure (Bar)

Supporting force at 200 Bar (KN)*

1.8/3

5.9

10.5

Supporting force at 70 Bar (KN)*

5.5

* = SEE CORRESPONDING DIAGRAM

304

09/2019

COMPARATIVE DIAGRAM WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK SUPPORTS AS A FUNCTION OF THE OPERATING PRESSURE Hydraulic work supports offer efficient workpiece support during machining and compensate vibrations and deflections of the workpiece. In addition, they align themselves to complex workpieces in clamping operations that require more than three clamping points. If the spherical pressure pad needs to be replaced for application-specific reasons, please contact HYDROBLOCK for technical details on the work support in question. NOTE: If a workpiece is clamped on the work support, the supporting force F must be at least twice as high as the clamping force generated by the clamping cylinder. We generally recommend operating work supports with high pressures in order to ensure efficient supporting capacity.

27.5

22.5

IR4

17.5

.13

17.5

5. 1-

F - CLAMPING FORCE (kN)

12.5

5.0

.8D

F - IR

2 IRF

.15L

7.5

- IR

70 0. 1 F

2.5

7.5

- IR

15D P16. F R I 8D SD 16.0 P16. IRF16 F R IRF S I IRF16 6.2 IRF1 .250 IRF12

6 FP1

IR IRFP F1 15 2. .70 70

.8L

6 FP1

2.5

IR 0

09/2019

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

0 500

P - PRESSURE (bar)

305

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

Typical applications of hydraulic work supports: 1) Use as workpiece support during machining 2) Use as additional forth clamping point with upper clamp arm

O 1

Fb= 1/2Fa MAX. In standard supporting applications, the ratio between the work support force and the force exerted on the workpiece Fa/Fb should be 2:1. For applications with particularly extreme conditions, e.g. with high vibrations during machining, we recommend increasing the ratio to 3:1 or more. In any case, the force exerted on the workpiece MUST act coaxially to the pressure pad of the hydraulic work support.

306

09/2019

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

09/2019

307

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

If the cylinder is provided with a vent port, this opening must be PROTECTED against the penetration of pressurized emulsified water and/or chips. Small profiled tubes may be used for this purpose as they allow the cylinder to “breathe”, which avoids the rising of fluids. The vent ports should not be provided in positions above the cylinder axis (fig. 1) as in the event of sudden rising of contaminated fluids inside the cylinder, the fluids would remain in the internal chambers and inevitably affect the functional properties.

O fig.1

Do not install the cylinders with the body being completely inserted in an excessively deep seat: the cavity would be filled with emulsified water and chips and the cylinder would be damaged by ﬂuid absorption and/ or by chips being pressed against the rod wiper. If the cylinder partly remains outside the seat, the guiding system will be cleaned by the emulsified water ﬂow. NOTE: In the case of immersed applications, the cylinder must be purged on a regular basis.

308

09/2019

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

max.

min.

1) Maximum distance to the workpiece: In this case, there is a minimum force exerted by the work support on the clamped workpiece. The correct function of the cylinder could be inﬂuenced by the operating environment and/or by contamination due to machining residues. This solution is particularly suitable for work supports used in applications where the cylinder is subjected to high forces during machining. 2) Minimum distance to the workpiece: In this case, there is a maximum force exerted by the work support on the clamped workpiece. The function is extremely reliable and affected to a minor extent only by the operating environment, contamination or chips. There is a strong contact with the workpiece so that the solution is particularly suitable as forth clamping point. The ideal position is below the clamp arm. A minimum ratio of 2:1 between the supporting force/cylinder clamping force should be observed.

MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS The mounting instructions relative to the seats must be strictly observed in order to ensure perfect operation of the work supports, i.e. the venting channel must be clean and pneumatic pressurization must be ensured, where provided. The indicated work support force is the maximum axial force the cylinder can reliably generate repetitively in the long run. The cylinder must only be subjected to coaxial stress, as radial forces could affect correct positioning and operation of the work support. Any radial forces MUST be absorbed by the ﬁxture. If the pressure pad needs to be replaced by a customized version, the installation dimensions indicated for the relevant work support must be strictly observed. Make sure that the tailor-made pressure pad does NOT exceed the weight of the original pressure pad by more than 100% in order not to jeopardize the correct operation of the work support and to ensure proper approach to the workpiece.

09/2019

X°

309

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

MOUNTING: The hydraulic circuit must be properly purged and vented to ensure smooth operation of the work supports. Slightly pressurize the system for this purpose. If possible, venting can be performed more easily and rapidly by using the bleed screws provided at the top of the fixture or close to the hydraulic line ends. SUPPLY: Make sure that the supply flow is below the maximum admissible flow rate to achieve perfect operation of the hydraulic work supports. Excessively high flow rates will cause irregular function of the supporting bolts, i.e. they will be blocked prior to reaching the maximum stroke or they are approached too fast. The workpiece can thus not be reliably supported and may be deformed. AERATION (IF PROVIDED): The cylinder will only operate correctly if the pneumatic line is free and protected against the penetration of fluids, dirt and chips. IR work supports generate a pressure increase in the inside during operation. If no proper aeration is ensured, fluids, dust and chips may be sucked in. We recommend pressurizing the cylinder chamber with filtered air at a low pressure (max. 0.2/0.3 bar) to achieve smooth operation of the work supports. NOTE: When the cylinder is pressurized, the approach force of the bolts and the workpiece deformation will increase. To minimize the deformation forces, a soft approach spring should be used for pressurizing.

aeration (type-specific)

THRUST PAD: All work supports are delivered with a pressure pad with spherical tip. If necessary, the pressure pads can be replaced, provided the technical specifications in the catalogue are observed. Pressure pads should feature minimum dimensions and weight to avoid cylinder malfunction and undesired workpiece deformation. Customized work supports can be delivered for pressure pads with special dimensions and weight. NEVER USE the cylinders without thrust pad on the workpiece: ﬂuids, dust or chips may penetrate into the cylinder and lead to substantial damage.

310

09/2019

HIGH PRESSURE CYLINDER IN M-VERSION (WITH MECHANICAL APPROACH))

Operating mode in P-version: In rest position, the supporting bolt is RETRACTED. When the hydraulic supply is switched on, the supporting bolt is extended until it reaches the clamped workpiece. The approach to the workpiece is performed by a spring that can be delivered with different spring forces for certain models. It must be observed that the approach force of the supporting bolt IS NOT constant throughout the cylinder stroke, but decreases as a function of the approach stroke. With a very short approach stroke, the maximum force of the approach spring will be exerted on the workpiece. Vice versa, the clamped workpiece will be subjected to minimum spring approach forces in the case of a maximum approach stroke. Operating mode in D-version: DOUBLE-ACTING work supports are available for special applications in hydraulic circuits with high counter-pressures, which involve substantially longer times required for retracting single-acting cylinders or make retraction almost impossible. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for more detailed information.

09/2019

MAXIMUM EXTENSION

REST POSITION

MAXIMUM EXTENSION

STROKE

REST POSITION

STROKE

CYLINDER IN P-VERSION (WITH HYDRAULIC APPROACH)

Operating mode in M-version: In rest position, the supporting bolt is extended. The weight of the workpiece or the force generated by the clamp arm press the supporting bolt into clamping position. As soon as the hydraulic supply is activated, the supporting bolt is fixed in its position. Contact with the workpiece is achieved by a spring that can be delivered with different spring forces for certain models. It must be observed that the thrust of the vibrationdampening supporting bolt IS NOT constant throughout the cylinder stroke, but decreases as a function of the bolt retraction. With a very short retraction stroke of the supporting bolt, a minimum spring force is exerted on the clamped workpiece. Vice versa, the clamped workpiece will be subjected to the maximum approach spring force in the case of a maximum retraction stroke.

311

MOUNTING HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS SERIES IRF Before mounting IRF/IRC work supports, make sure that all preparations of the seat have been made in compliance with the technical catalogue. Insert the delivered O-ring/sealing ring up to the bottom into the seat or place it in the groove provided at the cylinder. Then tighten the cylinder with the specified torque using a socket wrench or a ring spanner. Do not use open-end wrenches for this purpose as they could damage the work support. Flow control valves must be used for circuits with high ﬂow rates. TIGHTENING TORQUES: • M22x1,5 = 25Nm (IRF12.250) • M26X1,5 = 30Nm (IRF10.70) • M26X1,5 = 45Nm (IRF16S - IRFP16SD) • M30X1,5 = 50Nm (IRF12.70) • M30X1,5 = 60Nm (IRF16 - IRF16.2 - IRFP16.8D/LD - IRFP16.15D/LD) • M42X1,5 = 65Nm (IRF25.0/IRF25.1 - IRFP25.8D/IRFP25.13D) • M50X1,5 = 80Nm (IRF32.0) NOTE: We recommend using two wrenches when replacing the pressure pad of IRF/IRC work supports, i.e. one for fixing the piston rod and one for loosening the pressure pad from the cylinder and in particular for tightening it. Do not work on the pressure pad when the work support is pressurized and the piston rod is ﬁxed by the elastic sleeve as this could affect the operation of the cylinder.

IRF10.70

IRF12.70

IRF15.70

12 8

312

09/2019

MOUNTING HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS SERIES IRF IRF12.250

IRF16 S/SD

IRF16.0/16.2 17

IRF16.8/16.15 17

IRFP25.8/25.13

IRF25.0/25.1

IR32.0 24

24 19

09/2019

313

SINGLE-ACTING HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

B Special wiper in polyurethane (upon request in FKM) Metal wiper (standard or optional equipment depending on work support type)

All models with self-cleaning spiral-shaped groove

A Special profile at the sleeve bottom for enhanced cylinder strength and longer service life

Large effective areas supporting high loads with high stability during machining

Copper washer or O-ring depending on work support type

All models with hexagon socket

314

09/2019

HIGH PRESSURE

CALIBRATED AND SELF-CLEANING ELASTIC SLEEVE

The supporting bolt is fixed by a special calibrated elastic sleeve that features thin walls. With increasing hydraulic pressure, the cylindrical sleeve is deformed until it adheres to the cylinder bolt and produces a clamping force that is proportional to the applied pressure. The bolt is thus firmly fixed by friction. When the clamping pressure decreases again, the sleeve assumes its original shape and the bolt is released.

WIPER

Clean and smoothly running bolts are a fundamental prerequisite for perfect operation of the work supports. This is why the body is equipped with special low-friction wipers with lip profile. Work supports with metal wipers are available for extreme operating conditions to protect the lip profile and to ensure a long service life of the cylinder. METAL WIPER

09/2019

STANDARD WIPER

315

IRFP 12.250 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

ATTENTION! This work support is designed to dampen vibrations, the use as fourth clamping point below the clamp arm must be thoroughly examined.

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

4.8 5.2

5.5

2.8

4.5

R24

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 250BAR

42.7

Ø5

Ø20

Ø12

M22x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Supporting force (kN)

3,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

2,5 4

2,0 1,5

1,0 0,5 0,0

M22x1.5

100

150

200

250

300

Deﬂection (μm)

1.5

6.5

0 350

Operating pressure (bar)

5 MAX

18 MIN

Ø13 MAX

1.6

+0.2

Ø20 +0.1

316

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷25 N • Upon request 8 -11 (order no. IRFP12.250L) Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø14xØ20x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

09/2019

IRFM 12.250 HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR ATTENTION! This work support is designed to dampen vibrations, the use as fourth clamping point below the clamp arm must be thoroughly examined.

5.2

4.8

4.5

2.8

R24

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

5.5 38

47.2

51.5

Ø15

Ø20

Ø12

M22x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Supporting force (kN)

3,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

2,5 4

2,0 1,5

1,0 0,5 0,0

M22x1.5

100

150

200

250

300

Deﬂection (μm)

1.5

6.5

0 350

Operating pressure (bar)

5 MAX

18 MIN

Ø13 MAX

1.6

+0.2

Ø20 +0.1

09/2019

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷25 N • Upon request 8 -11 (order no. IRFM12.250L) Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø14xØ20x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod:Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

317

IRFP 16S

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

6.5

3.5

R30

6.5

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

M10x1.5

1.5

Ø6.3

Ø24 Ø16 M26x1.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

5,0 4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5 0,0

14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0

20 MIN

8 MAX

3.2

Ø14 MAX

318

100

150

200

250

300

350

0 400

Operating pressure (bar)

M26x1.5

Ø24.5

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷25 N Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø18xØ24x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

09/2019

IRFM 16S

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

6.5

3.5

R30

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 400BAR

M10x1.5

1.5

61.5

56.5

Ø6.3

Ø24 Ø16 M26x1.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

5,0 4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5 0,0

14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0

20 MIN

8 MAX

3.2

Ø14 MAX

09/2019

100

150

200

250

300

350

0 400

Operating pressure (bar)

M26x1.5

Ø24.5

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷25 N Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø18xØ24x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod:Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

319

IRFP 16.2

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

4.6

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Ø6.3

66.5

61.9

41.8

54.9

5.1

9.7

R30

M10

Ø28 Ø16 M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

6,0

4,0 3,0

2,0 5

1,0 0,0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø28.2)

Ø20 MAX

22 MIN

6 MAX

M30x1.5

320

5,0

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

7,0

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷30 N • Upon request 8÷20 N (order no. IRFP16.2L) Included in the scope of supply: • Metric O-rings Ø23.5x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

09/2019

IRFM 16.2

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

9.7

R30

4.6

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

71.6

Ø6.3 41.8

54.9

76.2

5.1

Ø16

M10

Ø28

Ø16

M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

6,0

4,0 3,0

2,0 5

1,0 0,0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø28.2)

Ø20 MAX

22 MIN

6 MAX

M30x1.5

09/2019

5,0

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

7,0

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷30 N • Upon request 8÷20 N (order no. IRFM16.2L) Included in the scope of supply: • O-ring Ø 23.5x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

321

IRFP 16.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

9.5

R30

M10

71.5

Ø6.3

1.5

Ø16 Ø28

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

30 35 25 20 15 10 5 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø28.2)

Ø20 MAX

22 MIN

6 MAX

M30x1.5

322

10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

M30x1.5

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFP16.0L) Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod:Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

09/2019

IRFM 16.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Ø6.3 M10

79.5

9.5

R30

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

1.5

Ø16 Ø28

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

35 25 20 15 10 5 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø28.2)

Ø20 MAX

22 MIN

6 MAX

M30x1.5

09/2019

Supporting force (kN)

10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

Deﬂection (μm)

M30x1.5

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFM16.0L) Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized .

323

IRFP 25.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

16,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

14,0 12,0 10,0 8,0 6,0 4,0 2,0 0,0

M42x1.5

100

200

300

400

55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 500

Deﬂection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

30 MIN

9 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

324

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 25÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFP25.0L) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø18x3 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

09/2019

IRFM 25.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

16,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

14,0 12,0 10,0 8,0 6,0 4,0 2,0 0,0

M42x1.5

100

200

300

400

55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 500

Deﬂection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

30 MIN

9 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

* 09/2019

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 25÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFM25.0L) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø9.92x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

325

IRFP 25.1

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

102

116

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

30,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

25,0

60 20,0

50 40

15,0

10,0

20 5,0

0,0

M42x1.5

Deﬂection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

100

200

300

400

0 500

9 MAX

40 MIN

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

* 326

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 30÷50 N Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø18x3 mm Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

09/2019

IRFM 25.1

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

102

129

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

30,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

25,0

60 20,0

50 40

15,0

10,0

20 5,0

0,0

M42x1.5

Deﬂection (μm)

= =

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

100

200

300

400

0 500

9 MAX

40 MIN

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

* 09/2019

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 30÷50 N Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø9.92x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

327

IRFP 32.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R50

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

117

(74)

M16

Ø32 M50x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

35,0 30,0 25,0 20,0 15,0 10,0 5,0 0,0

M50x1.5

100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 500

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

40,0

100

200

300

400

40 MIN

11 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø48.5)

Ø14 MAX Ø2 17

* 328

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 35÷60 N Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø25.07x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

09/2019

IRFM 32.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R50

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

129

(74)

M16

Ø32 M50x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

35,0 30,0 25,0 20,0 15,0 10,0 5,0 0,0

M50x1.5

100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 500

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

= =

40,0

100

200

300

400

40 MIN

11 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø48.5)

Ø14 MAX Ø2 17

* 09/2019

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 35÷60 N Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø15.08x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

329

IRCP 32.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH CARTRIDGE BODY

: Clamping

: Venting

R50

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

10.7

M16

123

Ø32

102

Ø58

Ø56

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS IRCP 32/ IRCM 32

Through-hole mounting

2.5

30°

Ø3

Ø54.8 1.6

23 MIN

1.6

11.5

20°

Ø58 H8

Ø56 H8

Ø7

Blind hole mounting 20°

30°

== ==

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

330

11.5 1.6

3.2

Ø56 H8

1.6

2.5

Ø58 H8

30° +0.1

Ø55.3 +0

Ø2

Venting: We recommend installing a connection with a vent line leading into an area that is free from liquids and chips.

09/2019

IRCM 32.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH CARTRIDGE BODY

: Clamping

: Venting

R50

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

10.7

135

M16

102

Ø58

Ø56

Ø32

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø54.8

40,0

30,0

100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 500

Deﬂection (μm)

= =

Ø7

Supporting force (kN)

35,0

25,0 20,0 15,0 10,0 5,0 0,0 0

100

200

300

400

Operating pressure (bar) 49

== 60

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x20 DIN912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

09/2019

NOTE: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 35÷60 N

331

IRFLP 32.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Clamping

: Venting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø5

OIL

+0.5 0

57.7

R50

G1/4”

Ø60

133.7

2x45°

M16

Ø32

+0 - 0.1

* 63 24

Ø59.8

50.5

34.5 85

332

When the external vent port is used, a vent pipe must be connected that leads into an area that is free from liquids and chips. Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 35÷60 N

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x45 DIN912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø 4.34x3.53 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

09/2019

IRFLM 32.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE

: Clamping

: Venting

R50

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M16

Ø32

69.7

G1/4”

B B A A

2x45°

145.7

0 - 0.1

50.5

34.5 85

09/2019

35,0

30,0

80 70

25,0

Deﬂection (μm)

63 = = 24

24 = =

41 = =

Supporting force (kN)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø59.8

20,0

15,0

40 30

10,0

5,0

0,0 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

333

IRPLP 40.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH LOWER FLANGE

: Clamping

: Venting

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

Ø40

M12

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø40

G1/4”

Supporting force (kN)

85x85

68 85

334

A version with A1 port at the bottom of the ﬂange is available upon request (order no. IRPLP40.1). In this case, the A port is closed by means of a plug.

60 50 40 30 20 10 100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

* M8

Ø9

50,0 45,0 40,0 35,0 30,0 25,0 20,0 15,0 10,0 5,0 0,0

Deﬂection (μm)

G1/4”

B 10 MAX

G1/8”

111

115

M78x2

The B port is delivered with a sintered integrated filter in the standard version. Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 60÷90 N Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x35 DIN912/12.9 grade Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

09/2019

IRPLM 40.0

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH LOWER FLANGE

: Clamping

: Venting

Ø40

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M12

Ø40

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

10 MAX

85x85 = =

68 = = 85 = =

09/2019

A version with A1 port at the bottom of the ﬂange is available upon request (order no. IRFL40.1). In this case, the A port is closed by means of a plug.

60 50 40 30 20 10 100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

* M

68 = =

Ø9

85 = =

36 = =

50,0 45,0 40,0 35,0 30,0 25,0 20,0 15,0 10,0 5,0 0,0

Deﬂection (μm)

G1/4”

Supporting force (kN)

G1/4”

G1/8”

111

133

M78x2

335

IR PRESSURIZED

WORK SUPPORTS

The new pressurized work support has been developed for applications in which commercial standard work supports reach their limits. This new model is available with hydraulic approach and in normally extended version, with the function being identical with standard work supports. The additional pneumatic line allows the correctly clamped work support to be pressurized and thus protects the internal mechanics against environmental inﬂuences. When the cylinder is clamped and pressurized, it is protected against cooling lubricants directed onto the rod. This model can also be ﬂush-mounted and remains fully operative even when immersed in chips or cooling lubricants. To ensure correct use, the work support must be pressurized after clamping. If the cylinder is supplied with compressed air

336

before, extremely sensitive workpieces may be deformed as the rod would act as a pneumatic piston. Only with a compressed air supply of very low pressure ranging between 0.1 and 0.2 bar, will the workpiece deformation be so small that it can be neglected in most cases. After “normal“ clamping, however, the work support can be pressurized with substantially higher pressure values that correspond to the usual compressed air mains. ATTENTION: Upon completion of the working cycle, the pneumatic supply must be interrupted before the hydraulic work support is unclamped. UPON REQUEST THE OTHER HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT SIZES ARE ALSO AVAILABLE IN A PRESSURIZED VERSION.

09/2019

O For certain applications where the correct function of hydraulic work supports cannot be guaranteed, the new pressurized IRF offers a highly efficient solution for classical application problems encountered with conventional work supports. This new model can be immersed in cooling lubricant or directly exposed to the cooling lubricant flow to ensure efficient chip removal, without affecting the proper function over a long period of operation.

VENTING: see page 359 NOTES and CROSS-SECTIONS

09/2019

337

IRFP 16.10 A

PRESSURIZED WORK SUPPORTS WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

4.6

R30

Ø6.3

75.6

M10

1.3

Ø16 Ø28

M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM 24

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø12 MAX Ø2.5 MAX

* 338

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

20 MIN

6 MAX

1.6

Ø28.5

5,0 15

4,0 3,0

2,0 5

1,0 0,0

M30x1.5

6,0

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

7,0

100

200 300 400 Operating pressure (bar)

0 500

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷30 N • Upon request 8÷20 N (order no. IRFM16.10AL) Included in the scope of supply: • O-ring Ø14x1.78 • O-ring Ø23.52x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

09/2019

IRFM 16.10 A

PRESSURIZED WORK SUPPORTS WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

4.6

R30

Ø6.3

1.3

85.6

M10

Ø16

Ø28

M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM 24

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø12 MAX Ø2.5 MAX

* 09/2019

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

20 MIN

6 MAX

1.6

Ø28.5

5,0 15

4,0 3,0

2,0 5

1,0 0,0

M30x1.5

6,0

100

200 300 400 Operating pressure (bar)

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

7,0

0 500

339

IRFP 25.8 A HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

16,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

14,0 12,0 10,0 8,0 6,0 4,0 2,0 0,0

M42x1.5

100

200

300

400

55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 500

Deﬂection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

30 MIN

9 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 25÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFP25.8AL) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø18x3 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

340

09/2019

IRFM 25.8 A HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

16,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

14,0 12,0 10,0 8,0 6,0 4,0 2,0 0,0

M42x1.5

100

200

300

400

55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 500

Deﬂection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

30 MIN

9 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

* 09/2019

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 25÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFM25.8AL) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø9.92x2.62 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

341

IRFP 25.13 A HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

102

116

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

30,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

25,0

60 20,0

50 40

15,0

10,0

20 5,0

0,0

M42x1.5

Deﬂection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

100

200

300

400

0 500

9 MAX

40 MIN

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

* 342

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

09/2019

IRFM 25.13 A HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

102

129

M12

M42x1.5

Ø25

Supporting force (kN)

30,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

25,0

60 20,0

50 40

15,0

10,0

20 5,0

0,0

M42x1.5

Deﬂection (μm)

= =

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

100

200

300

400

0 500

9 MAX

40 MIN

Operating pressure (bar)

1.6

(Ø40.5)

8 MAX Ø2 15

* 09/2019

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

343

344

DOUBLE-ACTING HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

09/2019

DOUBLE-ACTING HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

345

RELEASED WORKPIECE

SUPPORTED WORKPIECE

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

O A

EXTENSION + CLAMPING

RETRACTION

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSED

The IRFP double-acting hydraulic work supports have been developed to ensure safe and reliable return of the cylinder into rest position. With conventional single-acting work supports, only a return spring is used to move the rod back into the retracted rest position. In the event of back-pressures in the supply line, returning into rest position CANNOT be guaranteed with single-acting work supports as even when the cylinder is unclamped, the rod may remain still partially or even completely extended. Doubleacting work supports are designed to exclude this risk. Their function is similar to that of the singleacting version, i.e. the approach to the machined workpiece and the clamping of the workpiece in the

346

correct position are ensured by the supply of the hydraulic clamping line A, while the counter line B remains unpressurized. Once the machining cycle is completed, however, the supply of double-acting hydraulic work supports is simply inverted (line B is pressurized and line A remains unpressurized) to ensure complete and reliable retraction of the rod and to provide unhindered access to the workpiece loading/ unloading position. The enable signal of the hydraulic pressure switch on line B confirms that the retraction position is reached and guarantees perfect conditions for the subsequent loading/unloading operations.

09/2019

SEAT WITH UNIFORM DIAMETER FOR SEAL “a” AND SEAL “b”

(SEE TYPES IRFP16.8D, IRFP16.8LD, IRFP16.15D AND IRFP16.15LD)

SEAL “b” SEAL “a” SEAL “b” SEAL “a”

When mounting the cylinder in the seat (screwing-in), the lower seal “a” is turned downwards in a helical movement passing the supply bore B in order to reach the correct position between the A and B ports. The passing point at supply bore B is a critical point during mounting as the sealing profile may be damaged at this point. For this reason, the bore MUST be perfectly machined and prepared for the installation of the cylinder. Any damage to the sealing lips would affect the sealing properties and connect the lines A and B. This would result in serious or even dangerous consequences for the entire hydraulic installation.

Uniform connecting and sealing diameter

INSTALLATION Cylinder screw-in direction

: Extension + clamping

: Retraction

In this position, the sealing ring that was previously compressed by the seat diameter in the first section, has enough “space” to extend again. When screwing-in the cylinder, the seal “enters and leaves” the bore with the outside, i.e. with the part of the profile that must subsequently ensure hydraulic tightness at the top of the seat.

Passing point at the supply bore for retraction

Note: In view of the close tolerances between the cylinder body and bore in the seat, exact deburring and rounding of the bore profile is INDISPENSABLE. Otherwise, penetration of caught machining residues that are taken along during rotation can cause damage to the seat or the cylinder, which would affect the surface of the seals.

B A B

SEAL “a”

Cylinder mounted in the seat

Detail drawing of the critical point when passing the supply bore B

Detail drawing of the passing point B with precisely deburred and rounded edge

B A

09/2019

O 347

SEAT WITH TWO DIFFERENT DIAMETERS FOR SEAL “a” AND SEAL “b”

(SEE TYPES IRFP25.8D, IRFP25.8DV, IRFP25.13D AND IRFP25.13DV)

SEAL “b”

Connecting diameter seal “b” SEAL “a” Connecting diameter seal “a”

SEAL “b”

When mounting the cylinder in the seat (screwing-in), the lower “a” seal is turned downwards into the correct position between the A and B ports without getting in contact with the supply bore B. Thanks to the different diameters for installing the seals, the critical point at the supply bore B is avoided, whic makes cylinder mounting much easier and safer.

SEAL “a”

INSTALLATION

Cylinder screw-in direction

: Extension + clamping

: Retraction Radial safety distance between seal “a” and the diameter/ supply bore B

SEAL “a”

The mounting seat is designed with two different sealing diameters in order to avoid damage to the seals caused by poorly machined seats. With this variant, only chips and burrs must be removed and no perfect machining of the edge of bore B is required. After having deburred the transition area, the cylinder can be mounted easily without any problems.

B A

By simple final machining and rounding of the bore edge (diameter “a”), safe and easy cylinder installation is ensured. The rounded profile facilitates the passage of the seals and substantially reduces the risk of damage.

Cylinder mounted in the seat

B A

348

09/2019

IRFP 16S D

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction

3.5

6.5

R30

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

M10x1.5

26.5

1.5

53.5

Ø6.3

B Ø20 f7

Ø16

M26x1.5

0.04

M26x1.5

Ø20 H7

20°

Supporting force (kN)

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0

100 150 200 250 Operating pressure (bar)

300

350

09/2019

1.5

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷35 N

Ø4 MAX

R 1

Ø4 MAX

1.6

24 MIN H7

1.6

20 MIN

0.04

5,0 4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5 0,0

Deﬂection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø5

Debur and round off any edges

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø20.5xØ24x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

349

IRFP 16.8 D

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Retraction

6 9.5

5.5

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

R30

UPON REQUEST ORDER CODE IRFP16DK (SIMILAR TO IRFP16.0)

STANDARD

Ø6.3

Ø6.3 M10

99.5

54.5

71.5

M10

: Extension + Clamping R30

Ø16

1.5

Ø16

B Ø22f7 M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS M30x1.5

0.04 A

24 MIN 26.5

9 Ø4

B Ø5

3,0

2,0 5

1,0 100

200

300

400

500

Operating pressure (bar)

Ø3

1.5

1.6

24 MIN H7

29.5

1.6

4,0

0.04 A

5,0

0,0

Ø22H7 20°

6,0

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

= =

7,0

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 15÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFP16.8DL) Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized. Options: The cylinder is also available with thin pressure pad h=6mm (see IRFP16.8DK)

Debur and round off any edges

350

09/2019

IRFP 16.8 LD

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Retraction METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

7 8

Ø6.3

64.5

81.5

Ø6.3 M10

M10

109.5

9.5

5.5

R30

UPON REQUEST ORDER CODE IRFP16LDK (SIMILAR TO IRFP16.0)

STANDARD

: Extension + Clamping R30

Ø16

1.5

Ø16

B Ø22f7

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS M30x1.5

0.04 A

Ø22H7

0.04 A

B Ø5

26.5

9 Ø4

Ø3

1.5

1.6

24 MIN H7

29.5

1.6

30 35 25

20 15 10 5 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

24 MIN

20°

10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

Debur and round off any edges

09/2019

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

= =

M30x1.5

351

IRFP 16.15 D

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction IRFP16.15D / IRFP 16.15LD

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

61.5

77.5

R30

111

Ø6.3

33.5

11.5

1.5

M10

B Ø16

Ø22f7

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

M30x1.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS M30x1.5

0.04 A

Ø22H7

Ø4

B Ø5

3,0

2,0 5

1,0 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.5

1.6

Ø3

14.5

29.5 MIN H7

1.6

4,0

0,0

0.04 A

5,0

24 MIN

20°

6,0

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

= =

7,0

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 10÷22 N Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22xØ28x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Debur and round off any edges

352

09/2019

IRFP 16.15 LD

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction

IRFP16.15D / IRFP 16.15LD

R30

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

8 71.5

121

87.5

Ø6.3

Ø16

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø22f7

Supporting force (kN)

= =

M30x1.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS M30x1.5

0.04 A

Ø22H7

0.04 A

Ø4

B Ø5

35 25 20 15 10 5 0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

1.5

1.6

Ø3

14.5

29.5 MIN H7

1.6

24 MIN

20°

10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

Debur and round off any edges

09/2019

Deﬂection (μm)

33.5

11.5

1.5

M10

353

IRFP 25.8 D

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

M12

70.5

110.5

82.5

6 6

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

6.5 12

1.5

Ø25

B Ø22f7

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø24f7

Supporting force (kN)

= =

16,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø24H7

1.5 Ø5

354

100

200

300

400

Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø33.5xØ40x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Ø5 MAX

B Ø22H7

2,0

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 25÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFP25.8DL)

1.6

15.5

30°

6,0 4,0

40 MIN.

30°

1.6

8 MAX

12.5

Ø5 MAX

0.04

26 MIN TOLERANCE H7

1.6

8,0

10,0

Operating pressure (bar)

0.02

12,0

0,0

M42x1.5

11.5 MIN TOLERANCE H7

0.04

14,0

55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 500

Deﬂection (μm)

M42x1.5

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS 09/2019

IRFP 25.13 D

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH UPPER FLANGE DOUBLE-ACTING

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction

8 6

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

R40

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

147.5

108

M12

39.5

14.5

1.5

Ø25

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø22f7

Supporting force (kN)

= =

M42x1.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

1.6

1.5

1.6

Ø4

16±3

30°

Ø22H7

Ø4

B Ø5

09/2019

50 40

15,0

10,0

20 5,0

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

30°

Ø24H7

10.5 MIN TOLERANCE H7

A 0.04

34 MIN TOLERANCE H7

1.6

60 20,0

40 MIN.

A 0.02

25,0

0,0

M42x1.5

8 MAX.

0.04

30,0

Deﬂection (μm)

Ø24f7

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 30÷50 N Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø33.5xØ40x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

355

IRFP 25.8 DV WORK SUPPORT WITH PNEUMATIC SEALING PRESSURE

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500 BAR

R40

6.5 6

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

AND THREADED BODY, DOUBLE-ACTING

Ø8.5

M42x1.5

120

76.5

M12

6 13.1

Ø25

B A

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø24f7

Supporting force (kN)

16,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS 0.04 A 0.02 A

12,0 10,0 8,0 6,0 4,0 2,0 0,0

M42x1.5 Ø24 H7

14,0

100

200

300

400

55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 500

Deﬂection (μm)

Ø22f7

Operating pressure (bar)

30°

1.6 40 MIN.

8 MAX.

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 25÷35 N • Upon request 10÷20 N (order no. IRFP25.8DVL) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø38x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Ø5

1.5

0.8 Ø5 1.6

13.5

16.5

12 MIN. TOLL. H7

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

356

Ø31

Ø4

32.5 28 TOLL. H7

1.6

Ø4 MAX.

0.04 A

Ø22 H7

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS 09/2019

IRFP 25.13 DV

WORK SUPPORT WITH PNEUMATIC SEALING PRESSURE

: Extension + Clamping

: Retraction

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500 BAR

R40

7 6

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

AND THREADED BODY, DOUBLE-ACTING

Ø8.5

148.5

97.5

110.5

M12

M42x1.5

13.1

Ø25

B FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

Ø22f7

A 80

Supporting force (kN)

30,0

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS 0.04 A 0.02 A

25,0

60 20,0

50 40

15,0

10,0

20 5,0

0,0 0

M42x1.5 Ø24 H7

Deﬂection (μm)

Ø24f7

100

200

300

400

0 500

Operating pressure (bar)

30°

1.6

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

09/2019

40 MIN.

* Ø4

Ø22 H7

30°

Ø5

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 30÷50 N

1.5

0.8

Ø31

Ø4

16±3

34 TOLL. H7

1.6

8 MAX.

10.5 MIN. TOLL. H7

0.04 A

16 Ø4

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø38x1.5 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

ALTERNATIVE POSITIONS

357

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS

C Pneumatic catch sensor controls the workpiece contact (UPON REQUEST)

Special wiper made in polyurethane (upon request in FKM)

METAL WIPER integrated into the cylinder protects the internal wiper against sparkler chips and aggressive cooling lubricants. An eďŹ&#x192;cient function of the wiper lip ensures perfect operation of the cylinder over time.

A Hydraulic port

B Pneumatic port

358

09/2019

LOW PRESSURE

A. HYDRAULIC SUPPLY The hydraulic circuit must be properly purged to ensure smooth operation of the hydraulic work supports. In addition, the supply flow must be below the maximum admissible flow rate specified for the component. IRF 70 work supports are rated for medium hydraulic pressures (max. 70 bar). Excessively high pressure would cause damage to the mechanical parts inside the cylinder. Hydraulic circuits with an excessively high residual pressure or with too high supply flows may involve irregular cylinder operation.

B. PNEUMATIC SUPPLY The cylinder will only operate correctly if the pneumatic line is free and protected against the penetration of ﬂuids, dirt and chips. We recommend pressurizing the cylinder chamber with filtered air at a low pressure (max. 0.2/0.3 bar) to achieve smooth operation of the work supports. The pneumatic line also allows a pressure pad with calibrated bore to be installed, which – when in contact with the workpiece - will ensure correct approach and cylinder clamping in working position through the pressure switch (pneumatic control).

C. PNEUMATIC CONTROL

(upon request)

CYLINDER IN CORRECT POSITION

CYLINDER NOT IN OPERATION

X AIR

09/2019

359

IRFP 10.70

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

6.5

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT 8

R15

Ø4.5 5

0.5

1.6

0.5

R0 .2

57.5

Ø3.8

Ø6.5

8.5

1.6

Ø10 Ø24.3 M26x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

2,0

1,5 1,0

0,5

5 0 0

1.6

Ø8 MAX Ø2.5 MAX

9.5

16 MIN

7 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

Ø24.5

2,5

0,0

M26x1.5

3,0

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

3,5

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 16÷12 N • Upon request 10÷15 (order no. IRFP10.70S) • Upon request 14÷25 (order no. IRFP10.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø12.42x1.78 • O-Ring Ø22x1.3 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

360

09/2019

IRFM 10.70

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT 8

Ø4.5 7

R0 .2

0.5

1.6

R15

6.5

72.5

Ø3.8

57.5

Ø6.5

8.5

1.6

Ø10

Ø24.3

M26x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

1,5 1,0

0,5

5 0 10

1.6

Ø2.5 MAX

9.5

16 MIN

7 MAX

Operating pressure (bar)

Ø8 MAX

09/2019

2,0

Ø24.5

2,5

0,0

M26x1.5

3,0

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

3,5

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 16÷12 N • Upon request 10÷15 (order no. IRFM10.70S) • Upon request 14÷25 (order no. IRFM10.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø12.42x1.78 • O-Ring Ø22x1.3 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

361

IRFP 12.70

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

Ø6 R1

Ø5

Ø8.3

1.6

73.5

0.7

R15

Ø12

Ø28

M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM 4,5 Supporting force (kN)

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

3,5

3,0 15

2,5 2,0

1,5 1,0

0,5 0

0,0 0

Ø12 MAX Ø2.5 MAX

362

20 MIN

6 MAX

1.6

Ø28.5

Operating pressure (bar)

M30x1.5

Deﬂection (μm)

4,0

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 10÷16 N • Upon request 14÷20 (order no. IRFP12.70S) • Upon request 20÷40 (order no. IRFP12.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø14x1.78 • O-Ring Ø25.12x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

09/2019

IRFM 12.70

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR 10 10

R15

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

13 9

8 Ø12

1.6

Ø5

Ø8.3

81.5

0.7

Ø6 R1

Ø12

Ø28

M30x1.5

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM 4,5 Supporting force (kN)

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

3,5

3,0 15

2,5 2,0

1,5 1,0

0,5 0

0,0 0

Ø12 MAX Ø2.5 MAX

09/2019

20 MIN

6 MAX

1.6

Ø28.5

Operating pressure (bar)

M30x1.5

Deﬂection (μm)

4,0

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 10÷16 N • Upon request 14÷20 (order no. IRFM12.70S) • Upon request 20÷40 (order no. IRFM12.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø14x1.78 • O-Ring Ø25.12x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

363

IRFP 15.70

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR

1.9

Ø15

METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

R30

Ø7.8

Ø5

Ø10

1.9

57.5

M10

9.4

Ø15

Ø34.2 M36x1.5

Supporting force (kN)

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

6,0 5,5 5,0 4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5 0,0

35 30 25 20 15 10

Deﬂection (μm)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

5 0

Operating pressure (bar)

9 MAX

20 MIN

M36x1.5

1.6

Ø34.5

Ø10 MAX Ø3 MAX

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 5÷8 N • Upon request 6÷11 (order no. IRFP15.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø12.42x1.78 • O-Ring Ø31.42x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

364

09/2019

IRFM 15.70

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORT WITH THREADED BODY MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 70BAR 13 12 METAL WIPER AS STANDARD EQUIPMENT

1.9

R30

Ø15

Ø7.8

Ø5

57.5

M10

9.4

1.9

Ø10

Ø15

Ø34.2

M36x1.5

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

6,0 5,5 5,0 4,5 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,5 2,0 1,5 1,0 0,5 0,0

35 30 25 20 15 10

Deﬂection (μm)

Supporting force (kN)

FORCE/PRESSURE/DEFLECTION DIAGRAM

5 0

Operating pressure (bar)

9 MAX

20 MIN

M36x1.5

1.6

Ø34.5

Ø10 MAX Ø3 MAX

* 09/2019

Note: The maximum admissible ﬂow rate amounts to 1.5 l/min. Contact force: • Standard 5÷8 N • Upon request 6÷11 (order no. IRFM15.70H) Included in the scope of supply: • O-Ring Ø12.42x1.78 • O-Ring Ø31.42x1.78 Material: • Piston/rod: Case-hardened steel, ground. • Body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized.

Pneumatic supply: see page 359.

365

366

HYDRAULIC WORK SUPPORTS OF SPECIAL DESIGN

09/2016

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS

AND ACCESSORIES

Rotary joints, hydraulic intensifiers, pressure reducing valves, sequence valves, check valves, ďŹ&#x201A;ow control valves, air-oil booster units, hydraulic power units, coupling units, diaphragm accumulators, filters, integrated quick-action couplings, pressure gauges, etc.

09/2019

367

CE16

HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT

02 13 11 B

06 14

03 01

B CAPTION

01 Oil tank of 16 l nominal capacity, 12 l useful volume

02 Filler plug/venting yv1

03 Oil level indicator (optical)

yv2

04 Tank drain screw 05 25 μ return filter with bypass 06 Contamination indicator

07 Gear pump 2,2 cm3/rev.

08 Electric motor of 1.5 kW/3 phases, 4-pole/240-400 V 09 60 μ inlet filter 10 Pressure gauge 0/250 bar with shut-off valve

11 Adjustable pressure relief valve

MAX

12 4/3 directional control valve CETOP 3 – 24 VDC

MIN

09 04

368

13 Hydraulically piloted double check valve CETOP 3 14 Pressure gauge shut-off valve SPECIAL DESIGNS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST

09/2019

CE16 HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT The hydraulic power unit is designed for the operation of double and single-acting cylinders. • Threephase motor, 1.5 kW, 4-pole, 240/400 V • Flow rate 3 l/min. • Max. operating pressure: 250 bar • 10 l nominal oil tank capacity – 6 l useful volume To ensure an eﬃcient use of hydraulic power units over a long period of time, the following instructions must be observed. Correct set-up and mounting of the hydraulic unit are fundamental prerequisites for a long service life. Any penetration of dust, dirt and chips during mounting must be excluded. Make sure that all pipes, connections, bores and supports are in clean condition and perform mounting operations only in clean environments. When delivered, the ports of the hydraulic power unit are closed with caps. Only remove these caps immediately before starting to mount the unit and close the ports after having completed the mounting operations. When connecting additional components, please observe the hydraulic circuit diagram.

MAINTENANCE Check the electrical connections and the oil level prior to each start-up. During operation, the pressure and the contamination display must be continuously observed. If the pressure gauge indicates a clogged filter, replace the filter element immediately. To ensure proper operation of the power unit, the oil in the hydraulic circuit must be regularly replaced once per year or after 1000 operating hours at the latest.

CE16 HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT

HYDRAULIC OIL Only hydraulic ﬂuids based on mineral oil must be used (ISO 6743/4 or DIN 51524). An oil viscosity class of ISO VG 32 to ISO 3448/ISO in an oil temperature range of 10° C to 60° C is recommended. The use of other media can cause damage to the equipment and affect the proper function of the cylinder and the components.

START-UP After having connected the electric motor, check the pump rotation sense (with very short pulses of max. 1-2 seconds) and view the motor from the fan side. The pump should turn CLOCKWISE. The

The hydraulic unit comprises the following electrical equipment: IP 65 CONTROL BOX with: - On/Off switch (protective motor switch) - Undervoltage release (motor protection) IP65 REMOTE CONTROL unit: - “Clamping” button - “Unclamping“ button - Emergency stop switch - Cable length = 1500 mm MAINS PLUG 16 A – 400 V, three phases, neutral conductors and earth including 3000 mm cable.

X1 X1 X1 X1

+ 5

POWER SUPPLY 400 V, 50 HZ, 3-POLE + N

sense of rotation MUST NOT be changed, even for a short time as this would cause damage to the pump. Bleed the hydraulic installation and add oil, if necessary, after the first few operating cycles. Venting can be performed using the bleed screws provided at the top of the unit or by loosening the connections at the cylinders/motors. Please observe that due to the compressibility of air, any air enclosed in the circuit may cause vibrations, noise, malfunctions and premature component wear.

PUSH BUTTON PANEL

SB1 QS1 4X16A

POWER SUPPLY SB2 FUSE HOLDER

PUMP START BUTTON

FU1 3A PROTECTIVE MOTOR SWITCH GD1 24V 2.5A AC INFFED DC

QF1 4.5/6.3

KM1 5.4E M1

EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON

“CLAMPING” BUTTON

SB4 5.6C

“UNCLAMPING” BUTTON

SB3 5.5C

CONTACTOR FU2 3A M 3

MOTOR PUMP 1.5kW 3.6A

FUSE HOLDER

KM1

YV1

YV2

5.1D 5.1D 5.1D PE

09/2019

369

CEPI XXX SE AIR-OIL BOOSTER, SINGLE-ACTING VERSION

CEPI 250 OIL PLUG

8.9 6.9 5.6

2.5

108.5

127

G1/4â&#x20AC;?

4.1 Air pressure - PA (bar)

209

G1/4â&#x20AC;?

2.8 1.5

Flow rate - Q (l/min.)

OIL AIR

RELEASE

86.8

PUMP

155

0.5

0 50

80 130 200 250 300 70 100 150 220 270 350 Generated oil pressure - P(bar)

CEPI 500 319.5

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

AIR

8.9 6.9 5.6

1.5

4.1 2.8

0.5

Flow rate - Q (l/min.)

Air pressure - PA (bar)

364.2

OIL 0 50

CEPI air-oil booster units for single-acting cylinders are manually operated by means of a pedal switch with three positions: upon actuation of the PUMP pedal, the unit is automatically started and supplies the connected circuit with oil until the desired operating pressure is reached. The supply air pressure must be controlled by means of a separate air service unit. Oiled air is not required. When the pedal is in neutral position, a check valve integrated into the unit serves for maintaining the hydraulic pressure. When pressing the pedal RELEASE side, the oil returns into the tank. The CEPI air-oil booster unit can also be used for double-acting cylinders provided a directional control valve is installed. Steel-plate tanks with a volume of 5 litres are available upon request.

370

120 200 250 350 450 100 150 210 300 400 350 Generated oil pressure - P(bar)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Available versions Max. conveying capacity (l/min.) Max. oil pressure (bar)

CEPI 250 SE

CEPI 500 SE

2.2

1.4

250

500

Min. air pressure (bar) (RECOMMENDED)

2.8

Max. air pressure (bar)

Oil tank volume (l)

2.4

Effective oil volume (l)

2.1

Empty weight (kg)

6.3

Sound level (dbA)

<75

09/2019

CEPI XXX DE AIR-OIL BOOSTER, DOUBLE-ACTING VERSION

107

CEPI 250 8.9 6.9 5.6

109

127

147

G1/4”

Air pressure - PA (bar)

G1/4”

233

OIL AIR

2.5

4.1

Flow rate - Q (l/min.)

OIL PLUG

2.8 1.5

0.5

G1/4”

0 50

36 OIL

G1/4”

CEPI 500

OIL AIR

OIL

CEPI air-oil booster units for single and doubleacting cylinders are manually operated by means of a pedal switch with three positions arranged upstream from the 4/3-ways directional control valve: upon actuation of the PUMP pedal, the unit is automatically started and supplies the connected circuit with oil until the desired operating pressure is reached. To invert the operating direction of the cylinders, release the pressure by means of the 4/3-ways directional control valve and change the lever orientation. The supply air pressure must be controlled by means of a separate air service unit. Oiled air is not required. When the control lever is in neutral position, the hydraulic pressure is maintained. Steel-plate tanks with a volume of 5 litres are available upon request.

09/2019

Air pressure - PA (bar)

319.5

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

80 130 200 250 300 70 100 150 220 270 350 Generated oil pressure - P (bar)

8.9 6.9 5.6

1.5

4.1 2.8

0.5

0 50

Flow rate - Q (l/min.)

PUMP

155

OIL AIR G1/4”

120 200 250 350 450 100 150 210 300 400 350 Generated oil pressure - P (bar)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Available versions Max. conveying capacity (l/min.) Max. oil pressure (bar)

CEPI 250 DE

CEPI 500 DE

2.2

1.4

250

500

Min. air pressure (bar) (RECOMMENDED)

2.8

Max. air pressure (bar)

Oil tank volume (l)

2.4

Effective oil volume (l)

2.1

Empty weight (kg)

6.3

Sound level (dbA)

<75

371

OIL-OIL HYDRAULIC INTENSIFIERS WITH FIXED INTENSIFICATION RATIO Oil/oil hydraulic intensifiers are designed to convert the low pressure of the primary circuit into a higher pressure in the secondary circuit downstream from the intensifier on the basis of the intensification ratio. As soon as the hydraulic intensifier is no longer pressurized, the downstream pressure is reduced to zero, the intensifier returns into the initial position and is ready for the next working cycle. When equipped with the appropriate accessories (ﬂow-control valves or sequence valves) hydraulic intensifiers with fixed intensification ratio are suitable for operation in highly complex hydraulic circuits with substantially higher oil volume. These hydraulic intensifiers DO NOT REQUIRE ANY LEAKAGE LINE or devices to avoid unintentional opening of the circuit. They can also be installed on fixtures that are separated from the supply during the machining cycle and remain pressurized during this phase, which implies that they do not feature the typical restrictions of continuous (pumping) intensifiers. Hydraulic elements that only operate under highpressure must not be used in the high-pressure range. The intensification volume of hydraulic intensifiers must only be used to generate high pressure for the

372

secondary circuit and not for high-pressure supply of a circuit or partial circuit with hydraulic accumulators. With a pressure value downstream from the hydraulic intensifier that is doubled or even tripled -depending on the intensification ratio – the oil compressibility and the inevitable elastic deformation (deflection) of clamp arm and levers caused by the increased load must be considered as they partially absorb the oil volume. Correct installation and setting are fundamental prerequisites for reliable long-term operation of hydraulic intensifiers. After all components have been installed, the hydraulic circuit must be efficiently vented in order to remove any air trapped in the system. Air inclusions in the hydraulic circuit would affect the proper function of the components as well as the oil volume generated by the hydraulic intensifier. The reliable operation of oil/oil intensifiers in the long run also requires efficient oil filtering. We recommend using filters with a mesh size of 20 micron or better. High-quality filters of modular design, as in-line or built-in version for the most varied applications are presented in the following section.

09/2019

MLP400 HYDRAULIC INTENSIFIER

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Outlet port

: Inlet port

’

’ /4

G1/ 4’’

P Ø38

Ø60

107

tin

n Ve

SINGLE-ACTING CIRCUIT

The MLP hydraulic intensifier converts the low working pressure of the hydraulic power unit into the higher pressure to satisfy the application requirements. The compact hydraulic intensifier is easy to mount and available with two different multiplication ratios and a maximum outlet pressure of 500 bar. Single-acting operation with spring return. Equipped with an appropriate directional control valve, the MLP intensifier is suitable for single or double-acting hydraulic cylinders.

DOUBLE-ACTING CIRCUIT

Note: The MLP intensifier supplies a constant nominal ﬂow capacity. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for complex hydraulic circuits or applications with high cylinder capacity.

P T

MLP 400-2

MLP 400-3

Multiplication ratio

1:2.1

1:3

500

Effective oil volume (cm3)

8.4

400

Max. inlet pressure (bar)

238

166

-3 00

-2

2 l/min

200

Max. operating pressure (bar)

500

100

Temperature range (°C)

LP 4

Max. flow rate

300

Max. outlet pressure (bar)

TYPE OF PRESSURE INTENSIFIER

4 LP

Filter mesh 50

100

150

Max. inlet pressure (bar)

09/2019

200

250

Weight (Kg)

10÷60 25 micron (o or better) 2.3

373

MLP450

HYDRAULIC INTENSIFIER

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Outlet port

: Inlet port

G1/8” Venting

MLP450L A

B MLP450M 14.7 A

MLP450MS

27.3

98 A/M

107

G1/4”

1.6 Ø5

Ø5

5 166

9.3

100

: VSQM30-20 (50-220 BAR) Cartridges with other settings are available upon request (see page 380). Order no. MLP450MSxx (05, 10 or 35).

22.7

400 9

-2

300

4 LP

200

100 9

Max. outlet pressure (bar)

500

12 50

100

150

200

132

250

Max. inlet pressure (bar)

MLP 450-2

MLP 450-3

Multiplication ratio

1:2.1

1:3.3

Effective oil volume (cm3)

25.4

Max. inlet pressure (bar)

238

151.5

TYPE OF PRESSURE INTENSIFIER

The MLP hydraulic intensifier converts the low working pressure of the hydraulic power unit into the higher pressure to satisfy the application requirements. The compact hydraulic intensifier is easy to mount and available with two different multiplication ratios and a maximum outlet pressure of 500 bar. Singleacting operation with spring return. Equipped with an appropriate directional control valve, the MLP intensifier is suitable for single or double-acting hydraulic cylinders. Note: The MLP intensifier supplies a constant nominal ﬂow capacity. Please contact HYDROBLOCK for complex hydraulic circuits or applications with high cylinder capacity.

374

Max. flow rate

2 lt/min

Max. operating pressure (bar)

500

Temperature range (°C) Filter mesh

10÷60 25 micron (o or better)

09/2019

URM450-FL

HYDRAULIC INTENSIFIER WITH URM-FL FILLING SYSTEM MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR

: Outlet port - high pressure (secondary circuit)

: Inlet port - low pressure (primary circuit)

: Control (opening) of the pilot-operated check valve

X S

: G1/4” port for pressure controller or manometer for pressure monitoring

“X” CONTROL TO OPEN THE CHECK VALVE 58

A P 46.4

“S” - SEQUENCE VALVE VSQM 30-05

Ø8

M 51.6 HYDRAULIC INTENSIF IER MLP 450

G1/8” VENTING

24.5

118

121

PILOTAGGIO ATTACCO G1/4” BSPP

“A“ OUTLET PORT G1/4” BSPP

“S”

188 198

When the “P” port is pressurized with low pressure, the high pressure is available at “A” outlet port by the pilot check valve “X”. When the oil circuit has been filled, the pressure automatically increases: as soon as the pressure set at the sequence valve “S” is exceeded, the hydraulic intensifier works and increases the hydraulic pressure at “A” port. The sequence valve “S” have to

09/2019

59 78

“P“ O-RING INLET PORT MAX. BORE Ø 8

Z 16

“A” O-RING OUTLET PORT MAX. BORE Ø 8

“P“ INLET PORT G1/4” BSPP

be setted with pressure valve between 80-90% of the low inlet pressure. The URM450-FL2 and URM450-FL3 hydraulic intensifiers are equipped with an integrated pilot check valve that ensures a fast ﬂow unloading of the high pressure and minimizes any counterpressure caused by inside check valves in line.

375

GV ROTARY JOINTS MULTI-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINTS WITHOUT LEAKAGE RECIRCULATION

GV series multiple-passage rotary joints are designed to supply rotating or swinging fixtures (work-holders) with pressurized oil. These rotary joints can be coupled when pressurized and must be installed in the centre of rotation. A low torque is required for starting the rotating movement. GV multi-passage rotary joints do not require leakage lines as no internal oil leakage occurs.

To ensure a long service life of the internal seals, make sure to connect the rotary joint to all hydraulic supply ports. The operating temperature should not exceed 60Â°C. In addition, we recommend using oil filters with a 10 micron filter mesh. GV rotary joints are made of heat-treated and ground high-quality steel. They are only suited for operation with hydraulic ďŹ&#x201A;uids, cooling lubricants must not be used.

ROTARY JOINT APPLICATION (EXAMPLE)

GV series

Axis Fixed table

376

of rotation

Turntable

09/2019

GV ROTARY JOINTS MULTI-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINTS WITHOUT LEAKAGE RECIRCULATION

GV2 TWO-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINT 10

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

= =

Ø65 -0.3

B G1/4”

B A 27

Max. admissible speed n and corresponding starting torque M as a function of the operating pressure P

Max. admissible speed (rpm)

Ø68 25 = =

19 = =

50 = =

)

M (Nm

8 6

100 200 300 400 Operating pressure P (bar)

GV2 two-passage rotary joint Fixing

Flanged, 2 bores M8 10

Ports

1/4” BSPP

Angular speed Weight (kg)

09/2019

n-1

10 n(

Starting torque M (Nm)

0.8

Max. 50 rpm 2.3

377

GV ROTARY JOINTS MULTI-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINTS WITHOUT LEAKAGE RECIRCULATION

GV4 FOUR-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINT 25.4 M8

25.4

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

25.4

45°

25.4

Ø72

Ø85 0

0.8

G1/4”

Max. admissible speed n and corresponding starting torque M as a function of the operating pressure P

116

B C

25.4

Max. admissible speed (rpm)

2.5

25.4

45°

25.4

35 = =

100 200 300 400 Operating pressure P (bar)

GV4 four-passage rotary joint Fixing

Flanged, 4 bores, M8 10

Ports

1/4" BSPP

Angular speed Weight (kg)

378

10 7.5

12.5

2 Ø7

Starting torque M (Nm)

Ø60 -0.3

Max. 50 rpm 4.6

09/2019

GV ROTARY JOINTS MULTI-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINTS WITHOUT LEAKAGE RECIRCULATION

GV6 SIX-PASSAGE ROTARY JOINT M8

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

60°

Ø72

Ø100 0

Ø75 -0.3 0.8

G1/4”

166

A B

Ø85

Max. admissible speed (rpm)

20 15

100 200 300 400 Operating pressure P (bar)

GV6 six-passage rotary joint 19

60°

Ø5

25 Starting torque M (Nm)

D 111

Max. admissible speed n and corresponding starting torque M as a function of the operating pressure P

149

138

Flanged, 6 bores, M8 10

Ports

1/4" BSPP

Fixing

Angular speed M8

09/2019

Weight (kg)

Max. 40 rpm 6.7

379

SEQUENCE VALVES APPLICATION EXAMPLE

1 D

Sequence valves are used in hydraulic systems that require a pressure-specific priority or sequence of motions. A one-directional check valve is provided for the free return ﬂow when operation is inverted. These extremely compact valves can be mounted either with the supplied O-Rings or in-line using the G1/4” BSPP ports directly on the clamping equipment. Material: • Valve/cartridge body: Free machining steel, blued. • Internal parts: High-grade steel, tempered and ground. • Valve body surface: Zinc-plated

XX bar

P A

Application example: 1) Cylinder no. 1 pushes the workpiece against the “D” stop. 2) The pressure increases up to XX bar and opens the sequence valve. 3) Cylinders no. 2 and no. 3 push the workpiece against the “B” and “C” stops. 4) The pressure uniformly rises in all cylinders as the sequence valve is completely open.

ADJUSTMENT OF THE VALVE OPENING PRESSURE 25

Min. space required for the wrench Complete valve in operating condition

“A” Counter nut for the adjusting screw AF19

2 “B” Valve cap AF17 “A” Counter nut for the adjusting screw

3 “C” Safety limit pin Ø 3.5x29.8 “D” Valve adjusting screw M12 (AF6)

1) Complete valve in operating condition. 2) Fix the counter nut “A” using a wrench (AF 19) and completely loosen the valve cap “B” by means of a wrench (AF 17). 3) Remove the safety limit pin “C” from the valve and loosen the counter nut “A” (AF 19) by some revolutions. 4) The opening pressure can now be adjusted with a hexagon socket wrench (AF 6) by turning the valve adjusting screw “D” clockwise (to increase the pressure) or counter-clockwise (to reduce the pressure). 5) Once the pressure has been set, lock the counter nut “A”, insert the safety limit pin “C” into the valve and tighten the valve cap “B” using a wrench (AF 17). Upon completion of these steps the valve is ready for use.

AVAILABLE VERSIONS “A” Counter nut for the adjusting screw “B” Valve cap AF17

5 “C” Safety limit pin Ø3.5x29.8

380

Cartridge code

Adjustment range

Pressure increase per screw revolution (bar)

5-50

30-100

50-220

80-350

09/2019

VSQM30

SEQUENCE VALVE WITH DOUBLE CONNECTION FEATURE: FLANGED OR IN-LINE

: Outlet

: Inlet

Ø6.5

64.5

25 Min. space required for the wrench

BY G1/4” PORTS

350 bar 0.8 Kg

Weight

133 30

Included in the scope of supply: • O-Rings Ø10.82X1.78 • Mounting screws M6x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade Available upon request: Upon request, various sequence valves can be assembled to modular systems provided with a common “P” port. Order number: VSQM30-cartridge code Example: With an adjustment range of 5÷50 bar, the order no. is VSQM30-05.

O-Ring Ø10.82x1.78 or G1/4“

Maximum pressure

Ø5

37 50 60

Directly compensated

Connection

VSQM30 SEQUENCE VALVE Type

G1/4”

/4 ”

12.4

26.4

Ø5

A G1/ 4”

VSQM30R

Maximum pressure

350 bar

Weight

0.75 Kg

130.5 11

14.5 20.5

Ø5 2

Flanged with O-Ring Ø6.75x1.78

Ø5.5

Connection

Directly compensated

Type

VSQM30R SEQUENCE VALVE

4.5

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x40 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-Rings Ø6.75X1.78 Order number: VSQM30R-cartridge code Example: With an adjustment range of 5÷50 bar, the order no. is VSQM30R-05.

Min. space required for the wrench

: Inlet

64.5

: Outlet

SEQUENCE VALVE WITH FLANGE CONNECTION

30 38 45

09/2019

381

VRPC3-11

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 500BAR - VALVE ADJUSTMENT RANGE = 30÷380 BAR Z: Y: S1: S2: R1: BR:

Counter nut/valve block (SW 30) Key seat/valve body (SW 24) Sealing edge Sealing ring/counter nut Valve adjusting screw (SW 17) Counter nut/control (SW 17)

SEALING BORE

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS 30 MAX

+0.1 0

Ø30

0.03

37 MIN

+0.5 0

118°

A Ø2 MIN Ø11 MAX

118

148 MAX

0.5

M24X1.5

Ø22

ax Ø . c 24 +0 ou 0 .2 nt er si nk )

Ø30

Ø16

DIAGRAM

S2 35

Possible PA pressure drop prior to pressure control

S1 Valve-controlled outlet pressure PA (bar) Possible outlet pressure drop ∆PA (bar)

General instructions This valve is used to provide a reduced constant outlet pressure at the “A” port as compared to the higher inlet pressure at the “P” port. If pressure increases are likely to occur at the “A“ port, a pressure relief valve must be installed at this port. Mounting instructions: Before tightening the valve, unscrew the counter nut (AF=30 Z) completely. Tighten the valve body (AF=24 Y) with a torque of 70 Nm. Then tighten the counter nut (AF=30 Z) with a torque of 60 Nm. Proceed in reverse order for demounting.

100

200

300

400

-10

-20

-30

ADJUSTMENT SEQUENCE The pressure reducing valves of cartridge type VRP are designed as two way valves WITHOUT DRAINAGE. As soon as the set pressure is reached, the appropriate cone moves in closing position and with increasing pressure, stable closing is ensured as long as the pressure upstream from the valve is not released. To adjust the set pressure, proceed as follows: 1) Loosen the BR counter nut in order to ensure free access to the R1 adjusting screw.

2) Pressurize the valve and check the set pressure downstream from the valve. 3) Release the pressure. 4) Turn the R1 adjusting screw clockwise or anticlockwise, i.e. turn it clockwise to reduce the set pressure and vice versa. 5) Pressurize the valve and check again the set pressure. Repeat the above steps until the desired pressure value is reached and tighten the BR counter nut.

NOTE HYDROBLOCK checks all products to 100% before shipment. If requested during order placement, HYDROBLOCK will deliver the valve with the pressure being set to the speciﬁed value.

382

09/2019

VRP3-11

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES

: Reduced pressure outlet port

: High pressure inlet port

: Pressure gauge port

M VRP3-11 L

- G1/4”

Ø9

(31)

4.75 17.45

4.5

7.25

(32.5) 12

24.75

39.75

Ø5.5

197.5 MAX

30 MAX 117.5

202 MAX

117.5

30 MAX

VRP3-11 M

- G1/4”

26.25

- G1/4”

Ø8.5

45.25

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M5x65 DIN 912/12.9 grade • O-rings Ø6.75X1.78 • G1/4“ plug

Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M8x50 DIN 912/12.9 grade • G1/4“ plugs

VRPC3-11 M PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE Mounting Ports Maximum pressure Weight

09/2019

In-line/ﬂanged Flanged with O-ring OR106 Ø6.75x1.78 or in-line with BSPP 1/4“ ports 350 bar 1.6 Kg

VRPC3-11 L PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE Mounting Ports Maximum pressure Weight

In-line In-line with BSPP 1/4“ ports 350 bar 1.1 Kg

383

CP30F

PRESSURE MONITORING CYLINDER MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

3 STROKE

Ø6 M3

The CP30F pressure monitoring cylinder has been developed to check the clamping pressure in a remote fixture. As soon as the clamping pressure is reached, the external bolt is extended by 3 mm from the cylinder head and remains in this position as long as the operating pressure required for the fixture is maintained. If the clamping pressure decreases, the rod is retracted again into its initial position. Thanks to the easy adjustment of the operating pressure by an adjusting screw at the cylinder and the availability of different pressure ranges, the CG30P stands out for unparalleled versatility.

1.5

M30x1.5

35.5

99.5

Ø28 -0.1

Ø18 MAX 3.2

+0.2

Ø28 +0.1

4 MAX

20 MIN

M30x1.5

Application: When the fixture is separated from the hydraulic pressure generator, the use of a hydraulic accumulator is not always suﬃcient to keep the operating pressure at a level that ensures safe and reliable machining. Substantial oil leakage may reduce the clamping pressure exerted on the workpiece and cause serious damage to the equipment. By using the CP30F pressure monitoring cylinder, the operating pressure can be checked immediately before the machining process. If the required pressure level is not reached, the machining process is not enabled and the machine changes into emergency status. Included in the scope of supply: • Sealing ring Ø22XØ28X1.5 Order number: CP30F-cartridge code Example: With an adjustment range of 3-100 bar, the order no. is CP30F-10. AVAILABLE VERSIONS

Setting the operating pressure: 1) Loosen the counter nut (AF19 Z). 2) Turn the adjusting screw (AF 17 Y) clockwise to increase or anticlockwise to reduce the pressure. 3) As soon as the desired pressure level is reached, tighten the counter nut (AF19 Z) firmly.

384

Cartridge code

Adjustment range

Pressure increase per screw revolution (bar)

30-100

50-220

80-350

09/2019

CP30M

PRESSURE MONITORING CYLINDER

3 STROKE

MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE = 350BAR

22.5

Ø6 M3

30.5

116.5

(G1/4’)

Ø35

Ø6

EN FER

G1/4’ IN LINE PORT 40 28 +0.01

SEAT FOR THE SEAL TO BE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER

35 - 0.01

Ø6

+0.05 +0.02

Ø6.6 M6

22.5

09/2019

Application: When the fixture is separated from the hydraulic pressure generator, the use of a hydraulic accumulator is not always suﬃcient to keep the operating pressure at a level that ensures safe and reliable machining. Substantial oil leakage may reduce the clamping pressure exerted on the workpiece and cause serious damage to the equipment. By using the CP30M pressure monitoring cylinder, the operating pressure can be checked immediately before the machining process. If the required pressure level is not reached, the machining process is not enabled and the machine changes into emergency status. Included in the scope of supply: • Mounting screws M6x45 DIN 912/12.9 grade AVAILABLE VERSIONS Cartridge code

Adjustment range

Pressure increase per screw revolution (bar)

30-100

50-220

80-350

385

VCS VALVES VCS valves can be used to control the clamp arm position (POSITION 1) or to detect the workpiece in machining position (VCS02, see item 2). When using the VCS03, VCS13 or VCS23 valve types for clamp arm position control, the workpiece can simultaneously be monitored. Valves of this design exhibit not only two positions (open/closed), but three positions (open/closed/open). Provided the valves are correctly adjusted, the NOK for machining of the pressure switch can also be maintained with the cylinders being closed and pressurized. If no workpiece is detected when the clamped cylinders reach the limit stops, the valves are opened again for the air ﬂow, the pressurization of the line (NOK of the pressure switch) is prevented and the machining of the workpiece is not enabled (VCS03, see item 1a). This valve model comprises three signals: “Cylinder open”, “Cylinder closed on workpiece” and “No workpiece in machining position”.

REPLACEMENT OF THE VCS VALVE BY A VCS0XS VALVE

VCS0XS VALVE 6470.026 TEFLON SEALING RING

RUBBER SEALING RING

The VCS valve type was replaced by the VCS0XS type, where X refers to the valve model (see catalogue).

SPRING

SPACER / SPRING GUIDE

The VCS0XS valve has the same properties as the VSC0 valve, but is designed with a smaller footprint. THE NEW VALVE CAN BE INSTALLED IN THE OLD SEAT, ONLY THE 13X1.5 O-RING MUST BE REPLACED BY THE TEFLON SEALING RING 6470.026.

386

09/2019

OPERATING PRINCIPLE OF VCS VALVES

B clamping

A INITIAL POSITION

VALVE OPEN

VCS PNEUMATIC VALVES The pneumatic valves of the VSC series of HYDROBLOCK are made from high-quality stainless steel and designed and built for operation under critical operating conditions.

WORKING POSITION

VALVE CLOSED

Free air outlet

Free compressed air supply. Pressure switch opened, machining NOK

Closed compressed air supply. Pressure switch actuated, machining OK

Interrupted AIR SUPPLY, the vent line is not protected against penetration of fluids and chips. The line must be PROTECTED by means of an appropriate ﬁlter to prevent chip penetration!

C VALVE OPEN

During machining, the properly set valves in actuated and pressurized condition (closed) are protected against the penetration of chips and ﬂuids. However, we still recommend maintaining the compressed air supply during the entire machining cycle (B).

Vent line is open to fluids, chips and contamination: The line must be PROTECTED by means of an appropriate ﬁlter to prevent fluid penetration!

Interrupted AIR SUPPLY

D VALVE OPEN

All pneumatic valves of this series are equipped with an extension spring to prevent the bolt from sticking in the housing. The VCS valve bolt has a diameter of 6 mm, i.e. an area of 0.28 cm2 is pressurized by compressed air and it generates a thrust force of approx. 8.5 kN with a monitoring line set to 3 bar. When using the VCS02 valve for workpiece detection, these forces must be taken into consideration: it the machined workpieces are extremely light, we recommend monitoring the workpiece in working position directly at the cylinder using the VCS03, VSC13 or VCS26 valve types.

AIR EXIT: The line is protected against the penetration of fluids, chips and contamination. However, we recommend PROTECTING the line by an appropriate ﬁlter.

Note: The vent line of pneumatic valves MUST be protected against the penetration of chips. If any contamination of the working environment can get into the vent line, damage to the valves cannot be excluded (note b1). For the time the valve is open (open cylinders or no workpiece in machining position), the compressed air supply should be maintained in order to prevent fluids from penetrating into the valve chamber (D). Special attention is required with applications involving the use of cutting fluids as these fluids dry and tend to crystalize and to form a sticky film on the surface in the event of operation interruptions of the fixture. If the valves are not cleaned and lubricating fluids are not removed at the end of the machining process, the valve function is affected or the valves are completely blocked.

Activated AIR SUPPLY

09/2019

387

VCSS

(SEE PAGE 378)

CLAMP ARM/WORKPIECE POSITION CONTROL VALVE

MIN. CLOSING STROKE 2

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø14 Ø6 M3

: Air inlet

: Air outlet +0.1

M12x1.25

27±0.1

13 -0.1

Ø2

10 MAX.

17 MIN.

M12x1.25

26 MAX.

14.5

VCS03S

8.75

7 MIN.

Ø13 0

+0.1

4 MAX. STROKE

VCS02S

1.3 0

VCS02S VCS04S

+0.1

Ø2

Ø10.8 0

Ø2

VCS03S

Ø14

Ø7.5 0.01

14.5

M12x1.25

VCS04S Ø14

14.5

MIN. CLOSING STROKE 2

14.5

Ø6

7 MAX. STROKE

Detail drawing installation

14.5

1.5 POSITION WITHOUT WORKPIECE (Open valve - no workpiece)

6.5 MIN. CLOSING STROKE (Workpiece detected)

7 MAX. STROKE (Open valve with mechanical stop)

Ø6

M12x1.25

Included in the scope A of supply: • O-ring Ø 13x1.5, item “A” • Washer, item “B” B • Spacer/spring guide, item “C” C • Spring, item “D” Material: • Rod: Stainless steel, tempered and lapped • Valve body: Stainless steel, tempered and lapped Order numbers - VCS • 02: Valve for clamp arm position control with thread M3. • 03: Valve for workpiece position control with workpiece not loaded/loaded alarm. • 04: Valve for position control for clamp arms made of tempered steel. Note: • Installation and adjustment, see page 35 to 38. • To prevent damage to the equipment, the specified maximum valve stroke must not be exceeded. • We recommend using the CPV01 valve protection cartridge.

388

09/2019

VCS0

(SEE PAGE 386)

CLAMP ARM/WORKPIECE POSITION CONTROL VALVE

VCS02 VCS04

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Ø18 Ø6 M3

: Air inlet

: Air outlet

+0.1

13 -0.1

M12x1.25

7 MIN

1.1 0

+0.1

Ø2

8.75

17 MIN

VCS03

M12x1.25

27±0.1

26 MAX

Ø16 0

10 MAX

MIN. CLOSING STROKE 2

4 MAX. STROKE

VCS02

+0.15

Ø2

Ø10.5+0.1

Ø2

VCS03

Ø7.5 0.01

Ø18

38.5

12.5

D M12x1.25

VCS04 Ø18

16 M12x1.25

38.5

MIN. CLOSING STROKE 2

12.5

Ø6

7 MAX. STROKE

Detail drawing installation

1.5 POSITION WITHOUT WORKPIECE (Open valve - no workpiece)

6.5 MIN. CLOSING STROKE (Workpiece detected)

7 MAX. STROKE (Open valve with mechanical stop)

Ø6

14 09/2019

389

VCS1 - VCS2

CLAMP ARM/WORKPIECE POSITION CONTROL VALVE

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS VCS10 - VCS13

+0.1

10.4 0

+0.1

15.9 6.9

14.5

+0.2 +0.1

Ø7.5 0

17.1

0.8±0.05

Ø12 M10x1

3.5 MAX. STROKE

: Air outlet

Ø2 +0.1

0.01

The simple and compact VCS cartridge valve is especially designed to be incorporated into HYDROBLOCK cylinders. Combined with SR swing clamp cylinders it checks the position of the clamp arm. In addition, it is used for workpiece position monitoring in automated production processes.

Included in the scope of supply: • O-ring Ø 9x1, item “A” • O-ring Ø 7x1, item “B” • Spring, item “C”

Ø6

26.5

14.5

9 M10x1

B Material: • Rod: Stainless steel, tempered and lapped. • Valve body: Stainless steel, tempered and lapped. Note: To prevent damage to the equipment, the specified maximum valve stroke must not be exceeded. We recommend using the CPV01 valve protection cartridge.

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS VCS23

18.6

17.5

+0.2 +0.1

28.1

16.1

6.9

Ø6

+0.1

Ø7.5 0

10.4

Ø13

M10x1

+0.1 0

0.8±0.05

Ø12

10.6

1.5 MIN. CLOSING STROKE (Workpiece detected)

M10x1 11

4.5 POSITION WITHOUT WORKPIECE (Open valve - no workpiece)

Ø3 MAX.

1.5 MIN. CLOSING STROKE (Workpiece detected)

Detail drawing installation

3.4 POSITION WITHOUT WORKPIECE (Open valve - no workpiece)

3.9 MAX. STROKE (Open valve with mechanical stop)

M10x1

VCS23

5.5 MAX. STROKE (Open valve with mechanical stop)

: Air inlet

Ø4 0

VCS13

390

Ø6

VCS13 VCS23

26.5

1.5 MIN. CLOSING STROKE

VCS10

3 MAX.

VCS10

Ø2

+0.1

Ø4 0

0.01 A

09/2019

CPV01

VALVE PROTECTION CARTRIDGE

A: CPV housing B: CPV bolt C: Fastening ring/hexagon socket screw, depending on cylinder type

Upon request, the valve protection cartridge is available for the entire swing clamp cylinder series. With the CPV01 valve protection cartridge the final user can perform clamping operations without any workpiece being mounted in the fixture for a functional check or for cleaning purposes. In this case, there is no risk of damage to the VCS clamp arm position control valve caused by excess stroke.

C M12x1

Installing the valve protection cartridge: The valve protection cartridge is factorymounted to HYDROBLOCK cylinders when ordered as an option. However, retrofitting can also easily be carried out by the end user on the basis of corresponding mounting instructions. A simple M12x1 threaded seat is required on the clamp arm plate for mounting the valve protection cartridge for clamp position control valves.

Ă&#x2DC;6 B

ADJUSTMENT OF THE VALVE PROTECTION CARTRIDGE: To adjust the valve protection cartridge for clamp arm position control valves, proceed as described in the instructions 1 to 4 for the adjustment of the clamp arm position control valve. Use the 5 mm hexagon socket provided at the threaded cartridge end for this purpose. Upon completion of the adjustment, the pressure switch will indicate that the compressed air circuit is closed and enables the machine cycle start. The bolt of the valve protection can compensate an excess stroke of up to 10 mm and re-establish the starting conditions as soon as the cylinder has reached the unclamping position. Make sure that no stroke over 10 mm is performed during clamping operations without workpiece. We recommend mounting the swing clamp cylinders such as to ensure that the clamp arm in clamping position is close to the lower limit stop of the piston. In this case, the workpiece is properly and reliably clamped and perfect operation of the valve protection cartridge is guaranteed.

09/2019

391

VRF18

FLOW CONTROL VALVES FOR SR SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

: Controlled ﬂow

: Free ﬂow

A 9÷15

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

8 2.5

1.5 10

Ø3

13.5

118°

23±0.1

G1/8”

14±0.1

G1/8”

Ø16

118°

B 0.02

1.6

Ø3 Ø5.5H7

8 2.5 R

VRF18

Using the unidirectional VRF18 flow control valve, the end user can set the swing speed of the clamp arm directly at the fixture and define the clamping sequence of the cylinders at the workpiece to be machined. This valve can exclusively be used for cylinders with flange connection and must be connected to the “A” clamping port. When the swing clamp cylinder is in unclamped state, the flow is free. Note: To avoid damage to the internal seals, flow control valves MUST ONLY be adjusted when unpressurized. (see page 34)

392

09/2019

VRF14

FLOW CONTROL VALVES FOR SR SWING CLAMP CYLINDERS

: Controlled ﬂow

: Free ﬂow

14÷22 13

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

G1/4”

4 Ø22

118°

1.5 24±0.1

Ø4

33.5±0.1

G1/4”

1.6

118°

Ø8H7

0.02 A

Ø4

13 4 R

VRF14

Using the unidirectional VRF14 flow control valve, the end user can set the swing speed of the clamp arm directly at the fixture and define the clamping sequence of the cylinders at the workpiece to be machined. This valve can exclusively be used for cylinders with flange connection and must be connected to the “A” clamping port. When the swing clamp cylinder is in unclamped state, the flow is free. Note: To avoid damage to the seals, flow control valves MUST ONLY be adjusted when unpressurized. (see page 34)

09/2019

393

FILTER ELEMENTS

FIL14-XXM MODULAR FILTER 13

25.5

Ø9

M5 Ø6 MAX 38

4 5

* Ø25

20 42

Filter change inspection plug

Technical speciﬁcations: • Max. operating pressure: 350bar • Temperature range: 5-60°C • Medium: Hydraulic ﬂuid on mineral oil basis 32Cst Filter mesh size: 10μm – Order number: FIL14-10M Filter mesh size: 25μm – Order number: FIL14-25M

394

DIAGRAM 30

Pressure loss (bar)

Ø5.5

The FIL14-10M is a modular filter of particularly compact design. The complex filtering system with two ﬂow directions is made of special steel; the nominal mesh size is 10/25 micron. The filter insert can be easily checked and replaced. The zinc-plated metal body is particularly suitable for installation in state-of-the-art machine tools and offers optimum protection for hydraulic clamping systems, valves and pressure intensifiers. These filters are also indispensable for systems equipped with manual or automatic quick-action couplings, where a contamination of the hydraulic circuit by chips and metal particles can hardly be avoided during coupling and uncoupling.

25 20

-10

FIL

14-2

5 0,0 0,0

2.5

7.5

12.5

Flow rate (l/min)

09/2019

FILTER ELEMENTS FIL14-XX IN-LINE FILTER G1/4”

DIAGRAM ” 1/4

40.5

Pressure loss (bar)

Ø28

Technical speciﬁcations: • Max. operating pressure: 350bar • Temperature range: 5-60°C • Medium: Hydraulic ﬂuid on mineral oil basis 32Cst The FIL14-10 filter was especially developed for the requirements in machine tool manufacturing. Space-saving: With a length of 40.5 mm and a diameter of 28 mm, this filter offers optimum protection while requiring a minimum of space. Reliable: Perfect protection of all hydraulic components, in particular sensitive coupling units, valves, cylinders, pressure intensifiers, etc.

25 20

-10

FIL

14-2

5 0,0 0,0

2.5

7.5

12.5

Flow rate (l/min) Filter mesh size: 10μm – Order number: FIL14-10M Filter mesh size: 25μm – Order number: FIL14-25M

Safe: Even when clogged, the filter will not collapse. Universal: Filter with two ﬂow directions, upon request it is also available with 25 μm. The filter cartridges can also separately be used, e.g. be integrated into bored channels. Low-maintenance: All internal components are corrosion resistant and easy to clean or replace.

FIC14-XX MOUNTING OF THE BUILT-IN FILTER INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS OF THE FILTER UNIT

INSTALLED FILTER UNIT

+0.05 0 0

+0.05

4.2

Sealing ring C

Ø14.3 0

1.8 -0.05

Filter element

Ø11.5

3.6

+0.05 0

+0.1 0

Ø18.1

Ø11.5

Ø14.3

+0.05 0

2) A 1)

9.6

NOTE Before installing the individual components in the cavity, make sure that the seats are perfectly clean. 1) Insert the supporting disk “A” into the Ø 14.3 seat and centre it. Make sure to install the disk in the direction indicated in the figure. 2) Fit the Teﬂon washer “B” in the Ø 18.1 seat.

09/2019

Supporting disk

Filter mesh size: 10μm – Order number: FIL14-10M Filter mesh size: 25μm – Order number: FIL14-25M

3) Install the filter element “C” and centre it in the Teﬂon washer. 4) Fit the second supporting disk “A” such as to ensure that the side with the thermo-sealed mesh is in contact with the filter element “C” (see figure). Upon request, the filter unit is also available with a filtration degree of 25 micron.

395

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS VRD11 THROTTLE CHECK VALVES - HAWE B

: Outlet

G1/4”

: Inlet

G1/4”

B 52

Technical description: These valves are designed to control the oil supply ﬂow rate from A to B to the application-specific requirements, while the oil return ﬂow from B to A is free.

Technical speciﬁcations: • Max. ﬂow rate: 12 l/min • Max. pressure: 500 bar

VRH1 HYDRAULICALLY PILOT-OPERATED CHECK VALVE A

: Cylinder outlet

: Pressure inlet

: Unblocking control

Z 84 31.5

G1/4” G1/4”

Technical description: The precise design of seats and slide ensure leakagefree operation. This valve ensures free flow in only one direction (from “B” to “A”) and blocks the flow in opposite direction unless pressure is supplied to the “Z” pilot port. When the pilot line is not pressurized, these valves operate like normal one-way check valves blocking the return flow from “A” to “B”.

396

A G1/4”

G1/4”

Application: The VRH1 valves are usually used to block a cylinder or a part of the hydraulic circuit. Technical speciﬁcations: • Flow rate: up to 15 l/min. • Max. pressure: 500 bar • Medium: Hydraulic ﬂuid on mineral oil basis • Viscosity range: 22 to 100 cSt. • Temperature range: -20 to +80° C • Filter mesh: 25 micron or better are recommended • Pilot ratio: 1: 2.7

09/2019

UAP100

COUPLING UNIT, MANUAL OPERATION

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

126

60 9

110

118

130

58 188

Standard conﬁguration of the UAP100 coupling unit: • Pressure relief valve to protect the system against excess pressure • Ball stop valve with manual lever operation • Accumulator with a nominal volume of 0.040 litres and preloaded at 110 bar. • Glycerine bath pressure gauge 0/250 bar. • 1/4’’ BSPP ports

09/2019

Manually operated pressure coupling unit for singleand double acting cylinders. This unit is used when the clamping equipment is separated from the hydraulic pressure generator, i.e. for manufacturing systems with pallet change or when a single pressure generator is used for several clamping devices. Material: • Valve/cartridge body: Free machining steel, blued • Internal parts: High-grade steel, tempered and ground • Surface protection: Valve body: Blued Cartridge body: Zinc-plated Note: • Accumulators with larger volume are available upon request. • Pressure gauges with different scale available upon request.

397

ACC

DIAPHRAGM ACCUMULATORS - HAWE

ACC13-1/4

APPLICATION EXAMPLE

Ø40

74.5

62.5

P R

Hydraulic accumulators are used in static clamping systems to compensate internal leakage or to minimize pressure variations caused by temperature changes.

ATTENTION: Hydraulic systems equipped with diaphragm accumulators must be provided with a pressure relief valve and a pressure gauge. In addition, a shut-off valve is to be provided for emptying the accumulator for maintenance or repair purposes. Before operating the accumulator, the minimum hydraulic pressure must exceed the gas pressure by at least 10%. Make sure not to exceed the specified maximum pressure values.

G1/4”

ACC40-1/4 Ø60

Note: Hydraulic accumulators cannot be used to compensate substantial external oil leakage. The cause of such leakage must be identified and eliminated.

G1/4”

94.5

82.5

DIAPHRAGM ACCUMULATORS TYPE

ACC13-1/4

ACC40-1/4

Ports

Plug connection G1/4”

Volume (cm3)

Maximum oil pressure (bar)

500

400

Maximum gas pressure (bar)

250

Operating range (bar)

125-500

125-400

Operating temperature (°C)

-10/+80

-10°/+80

0.3

0.7

Weight (Kg)

398

09/2019

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS MANR PRESSURE GAUGES Ø68

Technical description: Radial pressure gauges in glycerine bath. Stainless steel case.

90.2

ATTENTION: Make sure not to exceed the indicated pressure range in order to avoid irreparable damage to the pressure gauge. We recommend using a pressure gauge with a pressure range that exceeds the maximum hydraulic pressure in the circuit by 25%.

TYPE

G1/4”

VIL1/4M

Pressure display (bar)

MANR 100

0 ÷ 100

MANR 160

0 ÷ 160

MANR 250

0 ÷ 250

MANR 400

0 ÷ 400

MODULAR VALVES MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE= 500 BAR

8.5

13.5

Technical description: The precise execution of seats and slide ensure perfect tightness under pressure. These valves are designed for in-line mounting and can be installed in any position.

6.5

106

Material: • Valve body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized • Slide: High-grade steel, tempered • Hand lever: Light alloy

09/2019

6.3

399

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS VIL1/8 BALL VALVES – MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE= 500 BAR

G1/8”

152

15 69

Technical description: The precise execution of seats and slide ensure perfect tightness under pressure. These valves are designed for in-line mounting and can be installed in any position.

Material: • Valve body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized • Slide: High-grade steel, tempered • Hand lever: Light alloy

VIL1/4 BALL VALVES – MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE= 500 BAR 79

G1/4”

139.5

Technical description: The precise execution of seats and slide ensure perfect tightness under pressure. These valves are designed for in-line mounting and can be installed in any position.

400

Material: • Valve body: Free machining steel, nitrocarburized • Slide: High-grade steel, tempered • Hand lever: Light alloy

09/2019

SPECIALS DESIGNS

09/2019

401

SPECIALS DESIGNS

402

09/2019

NOTES

09/2019

403

SALES DISTRIBUTORS

AUSTRIA EHC Electronic-Hydraulic-Components GmbH & Co. KG Am Eselspfad 29 - 35321 Laubach - Deutschland Ph.: +49 (0)6405 2059822 - +49 176 70182053 Fax: +49 (0)6405 917304 info@ehcomponents.de - www.ehcomponents.de BRAZIL Engrefer C. C. R. Eireli Rua Dino Pannunzio, 213 – Santa Rosália 18095-420 Sorocaba – SP – Brasil Ph.: + 55 (15) 3325.1318 / + 55 (15) 9.8137.8977 vendas@engrefer.com.br - www.engrefer.com.br CHINA Ferts Mechatronic Engineering (Shanghai P.R. China) Co. Ltd No.1689, Siyi road, Malu Town Jiading District - Shanghai - P.R. China Ph.: 0086-15901865736 Fax: 0086-021-63800585 info@fertschina.com - www.ferts.com.cn DENMARK Produktionsteknik ApS Riskær 6, DK - 2765 Smørum Ph.: +45 44973746 - +45 40327746 pn@pnpas.dk GERMANY EHC Electronic-Hydraulic-Components GmbH & Co. KG Am Eselspfad 29 - 35321 Laubach - Deutschland Ph.: +49 (0)6405 2059822 - +49 176 70182053 Fax: +49 (0)6405 917304 info@ehcomponents.de - www.ehcomponents.de INDIA Suave Engineering 202, Ornate aptts., Plot 29 & 30 Sector 28, Vashi, Navi Mumbai 400 703 - India Ph.: +91 (0)22 32987073 / 27882525 / +91 989 2802889 Fax: +91 (0)22 27882525 veerendra@suaveengg.com - www.suaveengg.com ITALY - NORTH WEST B&C di Cornello F. Via Regione Grange, 64, 10040 Caselette (TO) - Italia Ph.: +39 (0)11 9789084 / 9689284 Fax: +39 (0)11 9689284 bec@bectorino.it - www.bectorino.it ROMANIA S.C. Inmaacro S.R.L. Avram iancu, 86 - 505600 Sacele – Brasov – Romania Ph.: +40 368 443 500 Fax: +40 368 443 501 info@inmaacro.com - www.inmaacro.com SPAIN Maquinaria Internacional 2006 S.L. Pol. Ind. Iciar sector F Pabellón, 5 20829 Iciar Deba, Guipuzcoa - España Ph.: +34 (0)943 199039 Fax: +34 (0)943 199047 info@maquinariainternacional.com www.maquinariainternacional.com

www.hydroblock.net

HYDROBLOCK s.r.l.

Via Ing. Enzo Ferrari, 1 - Z.I. Mancasale Nord - 42124 Reggio Emilia - Italy Ph. +39 0522 957324 - Fax +39 0522 957116 - info@hydroblock.net

www.apvd.it

HYDROBLOCK is member of CAMSER, a group of selected Italian Manufacturers of high technology for industrial sector over the world. www.camser.com www.blogcamser.com